Data Storage Corp S-1, filed Feb 12, 2021
Data Storage Corp (DTST)
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2021
Registration No. 333-_______
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| Nevada | 7374 |
98-0530147 |
(State
or other jurisdiction of |
(Primary
Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S.
Employer |
Data Storage Corporation
48 South Service Road
Melville, NY 11747
(212) 564-4922
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Charles M. Piluso
Chief Executive Officer
Data Storage Corporation
48 South Service Road
Melville, NY 11747
(212) 564-4922
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With copies to:
|
Evan J. Costaldo, Esq. Costaldo Law Group P.C. 30 Wall Street, 8th Floor New York, NY 10005 (212) 709-8333
|
Leslie Marlow, Esq. Hank Gracin, Esq. Patrick J. Egan, Esq. Gracin & Marlow, LLP The Chrysler Building 405 Lexington Avenue, 26th Floor New York, NY 10074 (212) 907-6457
|
David E. Danovitch, Esq. Scott M. Miller, Esq. Angela Gomes, Esq. Sullivan & Worcester LLP 1633 Broadway New York, NY 10074 (212) 660-3000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer ☐ | Accelerated filer ☐ | |
| Non-accelerated filer ☒ | Smaller reporting company ☒ | |
| Emerging growth company ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of securities to be registered (1) | Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (8) | Amount of Registration Fee | ||||||
| Units consisting of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Units”) (2) | $ | 11,500,000 | $ | 1,254.65 | ||||
| Common Stock included as part of the Units | — | — | ||||||
| Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock included as part of the Units (3) | — | — | ||||||
| Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (4)(5) | $ | 12,650,000 | $ | 1,380.12 | ||||
| Representative’s Warrants (6) | — | — | ||||||
| Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Representative’s Warrants (7) | $ | 550,000 | $ | 60.01 | ||||
| Total | $ | 24,700,000 | $ | 2,694.78 | ||||
| (1) | In the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction involving our common stock, the number of shares of common stock included in the Units and underlying the warrants registered hereby shall automatically be increased to cover the additional shares of common stock issuable pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). |
| (2) | Includes shares of common stock and/or warrants included in the Units that may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the representative of the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any. |
| (3) | In accordance with Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the Registrant’s common stock underlying the warrants included in the Units are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby. |
| (4) | There will be issued warrants to purchase one share of common stock for every one share of common stock offered. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of 110% of the per Unit public offering price. |
| (5) | Includes shares of common stock which may be issued upon exercise of additional warrants which may be issued upon exercise of 45-day option granted to the representative of the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any. |
| (6) | No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) or Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act. |
|
(7) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. The representative’s warrants are exercisable for up to the number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares included in the Units sold in this offering at a per share exercise price equal to 110% of the public offering price of the Units. As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the representative’s warrants is $550,000, which is equal to 110% of $500,000 (5% of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $10,000,000). |
| (8) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and the Company is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
| PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 12, 2021 |
[ ] Units
Each Unit Consisting of
One Share of Common Stock and
One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock
______________________________________________
This is a firm commitment underwritten public offering of [ ] of units (the “Units”), based on a public offering price of $[ ] per Unit, of Data Storage Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”). We anticipate a public offering price between $[ ] and $[ ] per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $[ ] per share (110% of the price of each Unit sold in this offering based on a public offering price of $[ ] per Unit). The Units have no stand-alone rights and will not be certificated or issued as stand-alone securities. The shares of common stock and the warrants comprising the Units must be purchased together in this offering as Units and are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. Each warrant offered hereby is immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will expire five years from the date of issuance.
Our common stock is presently traded on the over-the-counter market and quoted on the OTCQB tier operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc. (the “OTCQB”) under the symbol “DTST.” On February 11, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $0.755 per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DTST”. No assurance can be given that our application will be approved or that the trading prices of our common stock on the OTCQB will be indicative of the prices of our common stock if our common stock were traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market. If our listing application is not approved by the Nasdaq Stock Market, we will not be able to consummate the offering and will terminate this offering.
There is no established public trading market for the Units or the warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for listing of the Units or the warrants on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Units and the warrants will be limited.
The offering price of the Units will be determined between the underwriters and us at the time of pricing, considering our historical performance and capital structure, prevailing market conditions, and overall assessment of our business, and may be at a discount to the current market price.
We expect to effect a [ ]-for-[ ] reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock following the effective time of the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this prospectus, before you invest.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| Per Unit | Total | |||||||
Public offering price | $ | $ | ||||||
| Underwriting discount and commissions (1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds to us before offering expenses (2) | $ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | We have also agreed to issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock to the representative of the underwriters in this offering and to reimburse the representative of the underwriters for certain expenses. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation. |
| (2) | The amount of offering proceeds to us presented in this table does not give effect to any exercise of the: (i) over-allotment option (if any) we have granted to the representative of the underwriters as described below, (ii) the warrants included in the Units offered hereby, and (iii) warrants being issued to the representative of the underwriters in this offering. |
This Offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all the Units offered by this prospectus if any such Units are taken.
We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of common stock and/or [ ] additional warrants at a price from us in any combination thereof at the public offering price per share of common stock and $0.001 per warrant, respectively, less the underwriting discounts payable by us, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
We will deliver the shares of common stock being issued to the purchasers of Units electronically upon closing and receipt of investor funds for the purchase of the Units offered pursuant to this prospectus. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment to the investors in this offering on or about , 2021.
Lead Book-Running Manager
Maxim Group LLC
The date of this prospectus is , 2021.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
The registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part and that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), includes exhibits that provide more detail of the matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the related exhibits filed with the SEC, together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.”
You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our securities means that the information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the securities covered hereby and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
No person is authorized in connection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.
Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.
ii
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are intended to qualify for the “safe harbor” created by those sections. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including among others, the uncertainties associated with the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, including, but not limited to uncertainties surrounding the duration of the pandemic, government orders and travel restrictions, and the effect on the global economy and consumer spending, statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, opportunities, plans, objectives of management , competitive advantages, and expected market growth are forward-looking statements.
Our actual results and the timing of certain events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors and risks, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors,” those set forth from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.
Although the forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement are based upon what management believes to be reasonable assumptions, there is no assurance that actual results will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this registration statement or as of the date specified in the documents incorporated by reference herein, as the case may be. The forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events.
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof or as indicated and represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as the result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
Industry and Market Data
This prospectus contains estimates made, and other statistical data published, by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other data about our industry.
This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations and contains projections and estimates of the future performance of the industries in which we operate that are inherently subject to a high degree of uncertainty and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. We caution you not to give undue weight to such projections, assumptions and estimates. While we believe that these publications, studies and surveys are reliable, we have not independently verified the data contained in them. In addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from our internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have not been verified by any independent source.
iii
This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Before you make an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and similar headings. You should also carefully read our financial statements, and the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.
Business Overview
Our Industry
Data Storage Corporation (“DSC”, “Data Storage”, or the “Company”) is a 25-year veteran in Business Continuity services, providing Disaster Recovery as a Service (“DRaaS”), Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”), Cyber Security as a Service (“CSaaS”) and Data Analytics as a Service. We provide our clients subscription based, long term agreements for Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions, Infrastructure as a Service products, telecommunications solutions, and high processing on site computing power and software solutions. While a significant portion of our revenue has been subscription based, we also generate revenue from the sale of equipment and software for cybersecurity, data storage, IBM Power systems equipment and managed service solutions.
Headquartered in Melville, NY, the Company provides solutions and services to a broad range of customers in several industries, including healthcare, banking and finance, distribution services, manufacturing, construction, education, and government. The Company maintains an internal business development team as well as a contracted independent distribution channel. DSC’s contracted distributors have the ability to provide disaster recovery and hybrid cloud solutions and IBM and Intel Infrastructure as a Service cloud-based solutions, without having to invest in infrastructure, data centers or telecommunication services or, in specialized technical staff, which substantially lowers the barrier of entry for the distributor to provide our solutions to their client base.
During the first nine months of 2020, we added new distributors, hired additional management focused on building our sales and marketing distribution, and expanded our technology assets in Dallas, TX. We also recently expanded our offering of cybersecurity solutions for remote tele-computing with ezSecurity™, a new 2020 product.
Our target marketplace for Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service globally is estimated at over a million Virtual IBM Power servers in finance, retail, healthcare, government, and distribution according to the most recent information received from IBM. While Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions are our core products, the Company also continues to provide ancillary solutions in this market.
For the past two decades, the Company’s mission has been to protect our clients’ data twenty-four hours a day, ensuring business continuity, and assisting in their compliance requirements, while providing better management and control over the clients’ digital information.
Our October 2016 acquisition of the assets of ABC Services, Inc. and ABC Services II, Inc. (collectively, “ABC”), including the remaining 50% of the assets of Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC, accelerated our strategy into cloud based managed services, expanded cybersecurity solutions and our hybrid cloud solutions with the ability to provide equipment and expanded technical support. We intend to continue our strategy of growth through synergistic acquisitions.
Our offices in New York include a technology center and lab, which are adapted to meet technology needs of the Company’s clients. In addition to office staffing, the Company employs additional remote staff. DSC maintains its infrastructure, storage and networking equipment required to provide our subscription solutions in four geographically diverse data centers located in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina.
Corporate History
On October 20, 2008, DSC consummated a share exchange transaction with Data Storage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and DSC subsequently changed its name from Euro Trend Inc. to Data Storage Corporation.
DSC acquired the assets of SafeData, LLC in June 2010, and the assets of Message Logic LLC, (“Message Logic”) in October 2012.
In August 2012, DSC entered into a Joint Venture Partnership with an IBM partner, ABC Solutions to provide an IBM Infrastructure as a service (IaaS) offering, marketed under the name SIAS, a New York limited liability company.
In December 2012, DSC was accepted as an IBM Service provider for cloud solutions.
In October 2016, DSC purchased the assets of ABC which included the remaining 50% of the Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC venture.
On October 19, 2017, DSC formed a new division, Nexxis Inc. (“Nexxis”), a subsidiary of the Company, to provide Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) and carrier services.
1
Recent Developments
Flagship Solutions, LLC
On February 4, 2021, we entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with Data Storage FL, LLC, a Florida limited liability company and our wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger Sub”), Flagship Solutions, LLC (“Flagship”), a Florida limited liability company, and the owners (collectively, the “Equityholders”) of all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests in Flagship (collectively, the “Equity Interests”), pursuant to which, upon the Closing (as defined below), we will acquire Flagship through the merger of Merger Sub with and into Flagship (the “Merger”), with Flagship being the surviving company in the Merger and becoming as a result our wholly-owned subsidiary. The closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) is to take place on or before May 31, 2021 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
Pursuant to the Merger, all of the Equity Interests that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the filing of the Articles of Merger by Flagship and Merger Sub with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida, will be converted into the right to receive an aggregate amount equal to up to $10,500,000, consisting of $5,550,000, payable in cash, subject to reduction by the amount of any excluded liabilities assumed by us at Closing and subject to adjustment as set forth below in connection with a net working capital adjustment, and up to $4,950,000, payable in shares of our common stock, subject to reduction by the amount by which the valuation of Flagship (the “Flagship Valuation”), as calculated based on Flagship’s unaudited pro forma 2018 financial statements and audited 2019 and 2020 financial statements (the “2020 Audit”), is less than $10,500,000. In the event that the Flagship Valuation, as calculated based on the 2020 Audit, is less than $10,500,000, then, within fifteen (15) days after completion of the audit of Flagship’s financial statements for its 2019, 2020 and 2021 fiscal years (the “2021 Audit”), we have agreed to pay the Equityholders the amount by which the Flagship Valuation, as calculated based on the 2021 Audit, exceeds the sum of $5,550,000 and the value of the merger consideration paid in shares of our common stock by us to the Equityholders at Closing. In addition, the cash merger consideration paid by us to the Equityholders at Closing shall be adjusted, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the amount by which Flagship’s estimated net working capital at Closing is more or is less than the target working capital amount specified in the Merger Agreement.
The parties have agreed to indemnify each other for any losses that may be incurred by them as a result of their breach of any of their representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Merger Agreement. Our indemnification obligations are capped at 20% of the aggregate merger consideration paid to the Equityholders for any breach of our representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement, other than the representations and warranties set forth under Section 4.1 (Existence; Good Standing; Authority; Enforceability), Section 4.2 (No Conflict) and Section 4.4 (Brokers) (herein, “Fundamental Representations”). Our indemnification obligations in respect of any breach by us of the Fundamental Representations or in the event of our willful or intentional breach of the Merger Agreement (or acts of fraud), are not capped.
Concurrently with the Closing, Flagship and Mark Wyllie, Flagship’s Chief Executive Officer, will enter into an Employment Agreement (the “Wyllie Employment Agreement”), which will become effective upon consummation of the Closing, pursuant to which Mr. Wyllie will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Flagship following the Closing on the terms and conditions set forth therein. Flagship’s obligations under the Wyllie Employment Agreement will also be guaranteed by us. The Wyllie Employment Agreement will contain customary salary, bonus, employee benefits, severance and restrictive covenant provisions. In addition, pursuant to the Wyllie Employment Agreement, Mr. Wyllie will be appointed to serve as a member of the Board during the term of his employment thereunder.
In the event the Closing is not consummated by the Outside Closing Date due to (i) our inability to obtain sufficient financing in order to consummate the Merger, or (ii) our shares of common stock not being listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Merger Agreement may be terminated by Flagship and the Equityholders (a “Flagship Termination”). In the event of a Flagship Termination, we will be required to pay Flagship and the Equityholders an amount equal to two (2) times their reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket attorneys’ and accountants’ transaction fees and expenses incurred prior to such Flagship Termination in connection with the Merger, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100,000.
The foregoing information is a summary of each of the agreements involved in the transactions described above, is not complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of those agreements, each of which is attached an exhibit to this prospectus. Readers should review those agreements for a complete understanding of the terms and conditions associated with this transaction.
2
In the event the Closing is consummated on or before the Outside Closing Date, the shares of common stock to be issued as part of the Merger will be issued pursuant to exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D of the 1933 Securities Act, as amended.
COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported in Wuhan, China. The World Health Organization determined that the outbreak constituted a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and declared a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is disrupting businesses and affecting production and sales across a range of industries, as well as causing volatility in the financial markets. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customer demand, sales and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including, among other things, the duration and spread of the outbreak and the impact on our customers and employees, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. See “Risk Factors” for information regarding certain risks associated with the pandemic.
The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated cloud transformation efforts for new and existing customers and underscored the importance and mission-critical nature of multicloud strategies. Over the last several months, customers have increasingly turned to cloud solutions to pivot to new business models, improved their disaster recovery of mission critical data, migrated to cloud based solutions and reduced their capital expenditure requirements.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented a number of initiatives to ensure the safety of our employees. Since March 9, 2020, over 90% of our employees work remotely. All of our employees have had the ability to work remotely utilizing solutions the Company provides to their clients and distribution channels. Additionally, our remote, technology-enabled model has enabled minimal disruption to our go-to-market efforts and service delivery organizations.
The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are rapidly evolving, and the full impact and duration of the virus are unknown. Currently, the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a significant impact on our operations or financial performance; however, the ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and its impact on our customers, vendors and employees and its impact on our sales cycles as well as industry events, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market
Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “DTST”. In connection with this offering, we intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “DTST”. If our listing application is approved, we expect to list our common stock on Nasdaq upon consummation of the offering, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQB Market. No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved. This offering will only be consummated if Nasdaq approves the listing of our common stock. Nasdaq listing requirements include, among other things, a stock price threshold. As a result, prior to effectiveness, we intend to take the necessary steps to meet Nasdaq listing requirements, including but not limited to a consummating a reverse split of our outstanding common stock as further discussed below. If Nasdaq does not approve the listing of our common stock, we will not proceed with this offering. There can be no assurance that our common stock will be listed on Nasdaq.
3
Reverse Stock Split
We expect to effect a [ ]-for-[ ] reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering. We intend for the Board to effect such reverse stock split in connection with the consummation of this offering and our intended listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, however we cannot guarantee that such reverse stock split will be necessary or will occur in connection with the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, or that Nasdaq will approve our initial listing application for our common stock upon such reverse stock split.
The reverse stock split will not impact the number of authorized shares of common stock which will remain at 250,000,000 shares. Unless otherwise noted, the share and per share information in this prospectus reflects, other than in our financial statements and the notes thereto, a proposed reverse stock split of the outstanding common stock and treasury stock of the Company at a [ ] ratio to occur immediately following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Nevada on March 23, 2007 under the name Euro Trend Inc. We changed our name to Data Storage Corporation, effective January 6, 2009. Our principal offices are located at 48 South Service Road, Suite 203, Melville, NY 11747. We also maintain data centers located in New York, Massachusetts, North Carolina and Texas. Our corporate telephone number is (212) 564-4922. Our website address is www.datastoragecorp.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, or the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part, the information included on or linked from our website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus or the registration statement.
Risk Factors Summary
We are subject to various risks discussed in detail under “Risk Factors,” which include risks related to the following:
| ● | our ability to continue as a going concern; | |
| ● | our limited net income and our ability to raise capital; | |
| ● | the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; | |
| ● | our ability to compete; | |
| ● | the ability of our products and services to function as expected; | |
| ● | the ability of our products to gain market acceptance; | |
| ● | our ability to retain key management personnel; | |
| ● | our lack of business development resources; | |
| ● | our ability to hire and retain an experienced sales team; | |
| ● | the success of our partners who integrate our solutions into their product offerings; | |
| ● | our ability to manage growth effectively; | |
| ● | our ability to commercialize our products; | |
| ● | our ability to successfully protect our intellectual property rights, and claims of infringement by others; | |
| ● | our ability to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls; | |
| ● | cybersecurity threats and incidents; | |
| ● | our compliance with data privacy requirements; | |
| ● | our dependence on third-party distributors and vendors for key services; | |
| ● | the dilution of our shares as a result of the issuance of additional shares in connection with financing arrangements; | |
| ● | the volatility of our stock price; | |
| ● | the decline in the price of our stock due to offers or sales of substantial number of shares; | |
| ● | the limited trading volume and price fluctuations of our stock; | |
| ● | our ability to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval and other anti-takeover provisions; | |
| ● | the immediate and substantial dilution of the net tangible book value of our common stock; | |
| ● | the speculative nature of warrants; | |
| ● | provisions of the warrants may discourage a third-party from acquiring us; | |
| ● | our ability to meet the initial or continuing Nasdaq listing requirements; | |
| ● | the reverse stock split we intend to effect may not increase our stock price sufficiently and we may not be able to list our common stock on Nasdaq in which case this offering may not be consummated.; | |
| ● | our failure to complete the Merger could negatively impact our stock price and our future business and financial results; | |
| ● | we may not be able to raise sufficient capital in this offering to consummate the Merger or for use by the combined entities following the Merger; | |
| ● | our stockholders will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the consummation of the merger and this offering and will exercise less influence over management; | |
| ● | the combined company will be subject to the risks that each company faces; | |
| ● | the post-merger market price for shares of our common stock may be affected by factors different from those affecting the market price for shares of our common stock prior to the Merger; and | |
| ● | the market price for shares of our common stock may decline as a result of the Merger, including as a result of some of our stockholders adjusting their portfolios. |
Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a more detailed discussion of these risks. Additional risks, beyond those summarized above or discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” or described elsewhere in this prospectus may also materially and adversely impact our business, operations or financial results.
4
Summary of the Offering
| Issuer: | Data Storage Corporation |
| Securities offered by us: |
[ ] Units , based on a$[__] public offering price per Unit, each Unit consisting of one share of our common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of our common stock. Each warrant will have an exercise price of $[ ] per share (110% of the public offering price of each Unit), is exercisable immediately and will expire five (5) years from the date of issuance. The Units will not be certificated or issued in stand-alone form. The shares of our common stock and the warrants comprising the Units must be purchased together in this offering as Units and are immediately separable upon issuance and will be issued separately in this offering. |
| Number of shares of common stock offered by us: |
[ ] shares |
| Number of warrants offered by us: | Warrants to purchase up to [ ] shares of common stock |
| Public offering price: | $[ ] per Unit. The actual number of Units we will offer will be determined based on the actual public offering price and the reverse split ratio will be determined based on the stock price. |
| Shares of common stock outstanding prior to the offering (1): |
[ ] |
| Shares of common stock outstanding after the offering (2): | [ ] shares (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option and that none of the warrants issued in this offering and none of the representative’s warrants are exercised) |
| Over-allotment option: | We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of common stock at a price of $[ ] per share (based on an offering price of $[ ] per Unit) and/or [ ] additional warrants at a price of $0.001 per warrant less, in each case, the underwriting discounts payable by us, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the representative of the underwriters exercises the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $[ ] and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $[ ]. |
| Use of proceeds: | We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $[ ] from our sale of Units in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment options, the warrants included in the Units or the representatives’ Warrants offered hereby). We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to provide funding for the following purposes: sales force expansion, marketing and business development; the Merger, potential acquisitions; research and development; and working capital purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” |
| Description of the warrants : | The exercise price of the warrants is $[ ] per share (110% of the public offering price of one Unit). Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock, subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock as described herein. A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage, not in excess of 9.99%. Each warrant will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire five years after the initial issuance date. The terms of the warrants will be governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of the effective date of this offering, between us and VStock Transfer, LLC, as the warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”). This prospectus also relates to the offering of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. For more information regarding the warrants, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of Securities—Warrants” in this prospectus. |
5
| Representative’s Warrants: | The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also registers for sale warrants (the “Representative’s Warrants”) to purchase up to [ ] shares of our common stock (based on an offering price of $[ ] per Unit) to Maxim Group LLC (the “Representative”), as the representative of the several underwriters, as a portion of the underwriting compensation payable to the Representative in connection with this offering. The Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the three year period commencing 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at an exercise price of $[ ] (110% of the public offering price of the Units). Please see “Underwriting—Representative’s Warrants” for a description of these warrants. |
| Trading symbol: | Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “DTST.” We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “DTST”, and if necessary, we intend to effect a reverse stock split of our common stock in order to obtain Nasdaq approval for our listing of our common stock. We cannot guarantee that such reverse stock split will occur based on any specific ratio, that such reverse stock split will be necessary or will occur in connection with the uplist of our common stock to Nasdaq, or that Nasdaq will approve our initial listing application for our common stock upon such reverse stock split. If our listing application is not approved by Nasdaq, we will not be able to consummate this offering and will terminate the offering. |
| Reverse stock split: | We expect to effect a [ ]-for-[ ] reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to effectuate the reverse split of our common stock in a ratio to be determined by the Board. |
| Risk factors: | Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk and purchasers of our securities may lose their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” and the other information included and incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of risk factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities. |
|
Lock-up Agreements:
Transfer Agent and Registrar |
We and our directors, officers and certain principal shareholders have agreed with the Representative not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements.”
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Vstock Transfer, LLC, with its business address at 18 Lafayette Place. Woodmere, NY 11598.
|
| (1) | Unless we indicate otherwise, the number of shares of our common stock outstanding is based on [_______] shares of common stock outstanding _________, 2021, and gives effect to our planned reverse stock split at a ratio of [ ], but does not include, as of that date: |
| ● | 133,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $[ ] per share (including warrants for [ ] shares to be issued in this offering); |
6
|
●
● |
[ ] shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock;
[ ] shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $[ ] per share; and |
| ● | [ ] shares of our common stock that are reserved for equity awards that may be granted under our existing equity incentive plans; |
| (2) | The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering gives effect to our planned reverse stock split at a ratio of [ ], but does not include: |
|
●
● |
[ ] shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $[ ] per share (including warrants for [ ] shares to be issued in this offering);
[ ] shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock, which shall automatically convert in connection with the Closing; |
| ● | [ ] shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $[ ] per share; |
|
●
● |
[ ] shares of our common stock that are reserved for equity awards that may be granted under our existing equity incentive plans; and
shares of our common stock which may be issued in connection with the Merger. |
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
| ● | that the public offering price is $[ ] per Unit; |
| ● | a reverse stock split being effected at a ratio of [ ]; |
| ● | no exercise of the warrants included in the Units; |
| ● | no exercise of the Representative’s Warrants; and |
| ● | no exercise of the Representative’s option to purchase additional shares and/or warrants from us in this offering |
7
Any investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and all information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to purchase our securities. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would likely suffer, possibly materially. In addition, we may face additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or which as of the date of this registration statement we might not consider significant, which may adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks or uncertainties, and you may lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Data Storage’s Business
We have generated nominal net income and we may not be able to sustain profitability or positive cash flow in the future.
We generated net income of $29,323 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and net income of $184,721 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020. We have an accumulated deficit of approximately $(15.7) million and $(15.8) million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. In an effort to increase and service our customer base, we expect to continue making significant expenditures to develop and expand our business, including for customer acquisition, advertising, technology infrastructure, storage capacity, product development, and international expansion. We also expect that our results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including the timing and amount of our advertising expenditures, the timing and amount of expenditures related to the development of technologies and solutions, and any other claims. We may also incur increased losses and negative cash flow in the future for a variety of reasons, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown events.
Further, as reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had a net income available to shareholders of $96,677 and ($103,659) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, DSC had cash of $604,763 and a working capital deficiency of $2,553,236. As a result of the current favorable trends of improving cash flow, the Company concluded that the initial conditions which raised substantial doubt regarding the ability to continue as a going concern have been mitigated. However, it is possible that sources of debt financing, renegotiations of leases, or other similar means to improve cash flow may not be available to us, which may again raise doubts regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
If we are unable to attract new customers to our infrastructure and disaster recovery/ cloud subscription services on a cost-effective basis, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected.
We generate the majority of our revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our infrastructure and disaster recovery/cloud solutions. In order to grow, we must continue to attract a large number of customers, many of whom may have not previously used infrastructure as a service and cloud disaster recovery backup solutions. We use and periodically adjust a diverse mix of advertising and marketing programs to promote our solutions. Significant increases in the pricing of one or more of our advertising channels would increase our advertising costs or cause us to choose less expensive and perhaps less effective channels. As we add to or change the mix of our advertising and marketing strategies, we may expand into channels with significantly higher costs than our current programs, which could adversely affect our operating results. We may incur advertising and marketing expenses significantly in advance of the time we anticipate recognizing any revenue generated by such expenses, and we may only at a later date, or never, experience an increase in revenue or brand awareness as a result of such expenditures. Additionally, because we recognize revenue from customers over the terms of their subscriptions, a large portion of our revenue for each quarter reflects deferred revenue from subscriptions entered into during previous quarters, and downturns or upturns in subscription sales or renewals may not be reflected in our operating results until later periods. We have made in the past, and may make in the future, significant investments to test new advertising, and there can be no assurance that any such investments will lead to the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers. If we are unable to maintain effective advertising programs, our ability to attract new customers could be adversely affected, our advertising and marketing expenses could increase substantially, and our operating results may suffer.
A portion of our potential customers locate our website through search engines, such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo! Our ability to maintain the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. If search engine companies modify their search algorithms in a manner that reduces the prominence of our listing, or if our competitors’ search engine optimization efforts are more successful than ours, fewer potential customers may click through to our website. In addition, the cost of purchased listings has increased in the past and may increase in the future. A decrease in website traffic or an increase in search costs could adversely affect our customer acquisition efforts and our operating results.
8
We expect to continue to acquire or invest in other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.
In 2016, we acquired the assets of ABC and the remaining 50% of the assets of Secure Infrastructure and Services, LLC. As described in this prospectus, we also intend to consummate the Merger following he consummation of this offering. We expect to continue to acquire complementary solutions, services, technologies, or businesses in the future. We may also enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our portfolio of solutions or our ability to provide our solutions in foreign jurisdictions, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing, or investments in other companies. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if a definitive purchase agreement is executed and announced, may not close.
Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the development of our business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized on a timely basis or at all or we may be exposed to known or unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies that we may acquire. In connection with any such transaction, we may:
| ● | issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders; |
| ● | use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business; |
| ● | incur debt on terms unfavorable to us, that we are unable to repay, or that may place burdensome restrictions on our operations; |
| ● | incur large charges or substantial liabilities; or |
| ● | become subject to adverse tax consequences or substantial depreciation, deferred compensation, or other acquisition-related accounting charges. |
Any of these risks could harm our business and operating results.
Integration of an acquired company’s operations may present challenges.
The integration of an acquired company requires, among other things, coordination of administrative, sales and marketing, accounting and finance functions, and expansion of information and management systems. Integration may prove to be difficult due to the necessity of coordinating geographically separate organizations and integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds and accustomed to different corporate cultures. We may not be able to retain key employees of an acquired company. Additionally, the process of integrating a new solution or service may require a disproportionate amount of time and attention of our management and financial and other resources. Any difficulties or problems encountered in the integration of a new solution or service could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We intend to continue to acquire businesses which we believe will help achieve our business objectives. As a result, our operating costs will likely continue to grow. The integration of an acquired company may cost more than we anticipate, and it is possible that we will incur significant additional unforeseen costs in connection with such integration, which may negatively impact our earnings.
In addition, we may only be able to conduct limited due diligence on an acquired company’s operations. Following an acquisition, we may be subject to liabilities arising from an acquired company’s past or present operations, including liabilities related to data security, encryption and privacy of customer data, and these liabilities may be greater than the warranty and indemnity limitations that we negotiate. Any liability that is greater than these warranty and indemnity limitations could have a negative impact on our financial condition.
Even if successfully integrated, there can be no assurance that our operating performance after an acquisition will be successful or will fulfill management’s objectives.
9
We have identified weaknesses in our internal controls, and we cannot provide assurances that these weaknesses will be effectively remediated or that additional material weaknesses will not occur in the future.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2019. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified during management’s assessment were (i) a lack of sufficient internal accounting expertise to provide reasonable assurance that our financial statements and notes thereto are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting procedures and (ii) a lack of segregation of duties to ensure adequate review of financial statement preparation.
We will be required to expend time and resources to further improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including by expanding our staff. However, we cannot assure you that our internal control over financial reporting, as modified, will enable us to identify or avoid material weaknesses in the future.
We have not yet retained sufficient staff or engaged sufficient outside consultants with appropriate experience in GAAP presentation, especially of complex instruments, to devise and implement effective disclosure controls and procedures, or internal controls. We will be required to expend time and resources hiring and engaging additional staff and outside consultants with the appropriate experience to remedy these weaknesses. We cannot assure you that management will be successful in locating and retaining appropriate candidates; that newly engaged staff or outside consultants will be successful in remedying material weaknesses thus far identified or identifying material weaknesses in the future; or that appropriate candidates will be located and retained prior to these deficiencies resulting in material and adverse effects on our business.
Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business, including increased complexity resulting from our international expansion. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also adversely affect the results of management reports and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.
We are controlled by three principal stockholders, two of whom are executive officers and all of whom are directors.
As of February 10, 2021, through their aggregate voting power, Messrs. Piluso, Schwartz and Kempster control 78.09% of our outstanding common stock, giving them the ability to elect a majority of our directors and to control all other matters requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of all of our directors and the approval of the reverse stock split.
Due to the economic hardships presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, we obtained a loan from the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP Loan”) from the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). We may not be entitled to forgiveness under the PPP Loan which would negatively impact our cash flow, and our application for the PPP Loan could damage our reputation.
On April 30, 2020, the Company received the proceeds of a loan from a banking institution, in the principal amount of $481,977 (the “Loan”), pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), which was enacted on March 27, 2020. The Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated April 30, 2020, matures on April 30, 2022 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% per annum, payable monthly to Signature Bank, as the lender, commencing on November 5, 2020.
Under the terms of the CARES Act, as amended by the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act of 2020, the Company is eligible to apply for and receive forgiveness for all or a portion of their respective PPP Loan. Such forgiveness will be determined, subject to limitations, based on the use of the Loan proceeds for certain permissible purposes as set forth in the PPP, including, but not limited to, payroll costs (as defined under the PPP) and mortgage interest, rent or utility costs (collectively, “Qualifying Expenses”) incurred during the 24 weeks subsequent to funding, and on the maintenance of employee and compensation levels, as defined, following the funding of the PPP Loan. The Company used the proceeds of the PPP Loan for Qualifying Expenses. However, no assurance is provided that the Company will be able to obtain forgiveness of the PPP Loan in whole or in part. Any amounts that are not forgiven incur interest at 1.0% per annum and monthly repayments of principal and interest are deferred for six months after the date of disbursement. While the PPP Loan currently has a two-year maturity, the amended law permits the borrower to request a five-year maturity from its lender. The Company has applied for forgiveness for the full amount and is waiting for the approval from the bank and the SBA. It is possible that the loan may not be forgiven in full, or that the Company would not be able to deduct the Company expenses it used the PPP Loan for, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s cash flow.
10
In order to apply for the PPP Loan, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, our financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital, and believe that we satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loan, and that our receipt of the PPP Loan was consistent with the broad objectives of the CARES Act. At the time that we had made such certification, we could not predict with any certainty whether we would be able to obtain the necessary financing to support our operations. The certification described above that we were required to provide in connection with our application for the PPP Loan did not contain any objective criteria and was subject to interpretation. However, on April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the CARES Act has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and receiving loans. If, despite our good-faith belief that we satisfied all eligible requirements for the PPP Loan, we are later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to us in connection with the PPP Loan, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, and could be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety. In addition, our receipt of the PPP Loan may result in adverse publicity and damage to our reputation, and a review or audit by the SBA or other government entity or claims under the False Claims Act could consume significant financial and management resources.
Provisions of Nevada law could delay or prevent an acquisition of Data Storage, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to its stockholders, and could make it more difficult for stockholders to change Data Storage’s management.
Data Storage is subject to anti-takeover provisions under Nevada law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions include: limitations on the ability to engage in any “combination” with an “interested stockholder” (each, as defined in the NRS) for two years from the date the person first becomes an “interested stockholder”; being subject to Sections 78.378 to 78.3793 of the NRS and allowing an “acquiring person” to obtain voting rights in “control shares” without shareholder approval; the ability of the Board to issue shares of currently undesignated and unissued preferred stock without prior stockholder approval; limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings; and the ability of the Board to amend its amended Bylaws without stockholder approval. For more information, please see the section entitled “Nevada Anti-Takeover Statutes.”
Risks Related to Our Industry That Are Applicable to Both Data Storage and Flagship
References in the risk factors set forth in this section to “we”, “us” and “our” are references to both Data Storage and Flagship as a combined company, unless the context otherwise requires.
The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, but business interruptions due to the COVID-19 pandemic could significantly disrupt our operations and could have a material adverse impact on us if the situation continues.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant worldwide uncertainty, volatility and economic disruption. The extent to which COVID-19 will adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations is dependent upon numerous factors, many of which are highly uncertain, rapidly changing and uncontrollable. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the duration and scope of the pandemic; (ii) governmental, business and individual actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic, including travel restrictions, quarantines, social distancing, work-from-home and shelter-in-place orders and shut-downs; (iii) the impact on U.S. and global economies and the timing and rate of economic recovery; (iv) potential adverse effects on the financial markets and access to capital; (v) potential goodwill or other impairment charges; (vi) increased cybersecurity risks as a result of pervasive remote working conditions; and (vii) our ability to effectively carry out our operations due to any adverse impacts on the health and safety of our employees and their families.
Under NYS Executive Order 202.6, “Essential Business,” DSC is an “Essential Business” based on the following in the Executive order number 2: Essential infrastructure including telecommunications and data centers; and, number 12: Vendors that provide essential services or products, including logistics and technology support. Further, as a result of the pandemic, all employees, including our specialized technical staff, are working remotely or in a virtual environment. DSC always maintains the ability for team members to work virtual and we will continue to stay virtual, until the State and or the Federal government indicate the environment is safe to return to work. The significant increase in remote working, particularly for an extended period of time, could exacerbate certain risks to our business, including an increased risk of cybersecurity events and improper dissemination of personal or confidential information, though we do not believe these circumstances have, or will, materially adversely impact our internal controls or financial reporting systems. If the COVID-19 pandemic should worsen, we may experience disruptions to our business including, but not limited to equipment, to our workforce, or to our business relationships with other third parties. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our operations or those of our third-party partners will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration of the outbreak, new information that may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. Any such disruptions or losses we incur could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and our ability to conduct business as expected.
The market for cloud solutions is highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results will be harmed.
The market for our services, is highly competitive, quickly evolving and subject to rapid changes in technology. We expect to continue to face intense competition from our existing competitors as well as additional competition from new market entrants in the future as the market for our services continues to grow.
We compete with cloud backup and infrastructure providers and providers of traditional hardware-based systems and IBM Power Systems. Our current and potential competitors vary by size, service offerings and geographic region. These competitors may elect to partner with each other or with focused companies to grow their businesses. They include:
| ● | in-house IT departments of our customers and potential customers; |
| ● | traditional global IT systems integrators, including, but not limited to, large multi-national providers, such as Accenture Plc, Atos, CapGemini SE, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp., Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, DXC Technology Co., and IBM; |
| ● | cloud and software service providers and digital systems integrators; |
| ● | regional managed services providers; and |
| ● | colocation solutions providers, such as Equinix, CyrusOne Inc. and QTS Realty Trust, Inc.. |
11
Many of these competitors benefit from significant competitive advantages over both of us, given their desire to enter into the niche marketplace, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more varied services, and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical, and other resources. In addition, many of these competitors have established marketing relationships and major distribution agreements with computer manufacturers, internet service providers, and resellers, giving them access to larger customer bases. Some of these competitors may make acquisitions or enter into strategic relationships to offer a more comprehensive service than we do. As a result, some of these competitors may be able to:
| ● | develop superior products or services, gain greater market acceptance and expand their service offerings more efficiently or more rapidly; |
| ● | adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more quickly; |
| ● | bundle their offerings, including hosting services with other services they provide at reduced prices; |
| ● | streamline their operational structure, obtain better pricing or secure more favorable contractual terms, allowing them to deliver services and products at a lower cost; |
| ● | take advantage of acquisition, joint venture and other opportunities more readily; |
| ● | adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the promotion, marketing and sales of their services, which could cause us to have to lower prices for certain services to remain competitive in the market; and |
| ● | devote greater resources to the research and development of their products and services. |
In addition, demand for our cloud solutions is sensitive to price. Many factors, including our customer acquisition, advertising and technology costs, and our current and future competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, can significantly affect our pricing strategies. Certain of our competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or free solutions that compete with our solutions.
Additionally, consolidation activity through strategic mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures may result in new competitors that can offer a broader range of products and services, may have greater scale or a lower cost structure. To the extent such consolidation results in the ability of vertically integrated companies to offer more integrated services to customers than we can, customers may prefer the single-source approach and direct more business to such competitors, thereby impairing our competitive position. Furthermore, new entrants not currently considered to be competitors may enter the market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. As we look to market and sell our services to potential customers, we must convince their internal stakeholders that our services are superior to their current solutions. If we are unable to anticipate or react to these competitive challenges, our competitive position would weaken, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These combinations may make it more difficult for us to compete effectively and our inability to compete effectively would negatively impact our operating results. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will not be forced to engage in price-cutting initiatives, or to increase our advertising and other expenses to attract and retain customers in response to competitive pressures, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results.
We may not be able to respond to rapid technological changes with new solutions in a timely and cost-effective manner or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
The market in which we compete is characterized by rapid technological change and the frequent introduction of new solutions and services. Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions, introduce new features and solutions, and sell into new markets and new countries. Customers may require features and capabilities that our current solutions do not have. Our failure to develop solutions that satisfy customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner may harm our ability to renew our subscriptions with existing customers and to create or increase demand for our solutions and may adversely impact our operating results.
The process of developing new technologies is complex and uncertain, and if we fail to accurately predict customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends or if we fail to achieve the benefits expected from our investments, our business could be harmed. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position and we must commit significant resources to developing new solutions before knowing whether our investments will result in solutions the market will accept. Our new solutions or solution enhancements could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance or harm our business for many reasons, including:
| ● | delays in releasing our new solutions or enhancements to the market; |
| ● | failure to accurately predict market demand or customer demands; |
12
| ● | inability to protect against new types of attacks or techniques used by hackers; |
| ● | difficulties with software development, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new solutions and enhancements; |
| ● | defects, errors or failures in their design or performance; |
| ● | negative publicity about their performance or effectiveness; |
| ● | introduction or anticipated introduction of competing solutions by our competitors; |
| ● | poor business conditions for our customers, causing them to delay IT purchases; |
| ● | the perceived value of our solutions or enhancements relative to their cost; and |
| ● | easing of regulatory requirements around security or storage. |
In addition, new technologies have the risk of defects that may not be discovered until after the product launches, resulting in adverse publicity, loss of revenue or harm to our business and reputation.
Any significant disruption in service on our websites, in our computer systems, or caused by our third party storage and system providers could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers, which would harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain and serve our customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our websites, network infrastructure and payment systems, and our customers’ ability to readily access their stored files. We have experienced interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slowed down our websites’ performance and our customers’ ability to access their stored files, or made our websites and infrastructure inaccessible, and we may experience interruptions or outages in the future.
In addition, while both we operate and maintain elements of our websites and network infrastructure, some elements of this complex system are operated by third parties that we do not control and that would require significant time to replace. We expect this dependence on third parties to increase. In particular, we utilize IBM and Intel to provide equipment and support. All of these third-party systems are located in data center facilities operated by third parties. While these data centers are of the highest level, Tier 3, there can be no assurance that they will not experience disruptions that will adversely impact our ability to service our customers. Our data center leases expire at various times between 2019 and 2023 with rights of extension. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer that portion of our computing and storage capacity to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.
We also rely upon third party colocation providers to host our main servers. If these providers are unable to handle current or higher volumes of use, experience any interruption in operations or cease operations for any reason or if we are unable to agree on satisfactory terms for continued hosting relationships, we would be forced to enter into a relationship with other service providers or assume hosting responsibilities ourselves. If we are forced to switch data center facilities, which in itself is a competitive industry, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service provider on acceptable terms or in hosting the computer servers ourselves. We may also be limited in our remedies against these providers in the event of a failure of service.
Interruptions, outages and/or failures in our own systems, the third-party systems and facilities on which we rely, or the use of our data center facilities, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, damage or interruption from human error, power losses, natural disasters or terrorist attacks, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures or other factors, could affect the security or availability of our websites and infrastructure, prevent us from being able to continuously back up our customers’ data or our customers from accessing their stored data, and may damage or delete our customers’ stored files. If this were to occur, our reputation could be compromised, and we could be subject to liability to the customers that were affected.
13
Any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our third-party data center operators, our third-party colocation providers, or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract, may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Moreover, if our third-party data center providers or our third-party colocation providers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or refunds to customers, subject us to potential liability, or harm our renewal rates. In addition, prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with adding storage capacity or upgrading our network architecture when required may cause our service quality to suffer. Problems with the reliability or security of our systems could harm our reputation, and the cost of remedying these problems could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Security vulnerabilities, data protection breaches and cyber-attacks could disrupt our data protection platform and solutions, and any such disruption could increase our expenses, damage our reputation, harm our business and adversely affect our stock price.
We rely on third-party providers for a number of critical aspects of our infrastructure cloud and disaster recovery business continuity services, and consequently we do not maintain direct control over the security or stability of the associated systems. Furthermore, the firmware, software and/or open source software that our data protection solutions may utilize could be susceptible to hacking or misuse. In the event of the discovery of a significant security vulnerability, we would incur additional substantial expenses and our business would be harmed.
Our customers rely on our solutions for production, replication and storage of digital copies of their files, including financial records, business information, photos, and other personally meaningful content. We also store credit card information and other personal information about our customers. An actual or perceived breach of our network security and systems or other cybersecurity related events that cause the loss or public disclosure of, or access by third parties to, our customers’ stored files could have serious negative consequences for our business, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced demand for our solutions, an unwillingness of customers to provide us with their credit card or payment information, an unwillingness of our customers to use our solutions, harm to our reputation and brand, loss of our ability to accept and process customer credit card orders, and time-consuming and expensive litigation. If this occurs, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Third parties may be able to circumvent our security by deploying viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that are designed to attack or attempt to infiltrate our systems and networks and we may not immediately discover these attacks or attempted infiltrations. Further, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our employees, consultants, or affiliates to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our information or our customers’ information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target, and may originate from less regulated or remote areas around the world. As a result, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures. In addition, employee or consultant error, malfeasance, or other errors in the storage, use, or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy. We maintain insurance coverage to mitigate the potential financial impact of these risks; however, our insurance may not cover all such events or may be insufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential damage to the future growth of our business, that may result from the breach of customer or employee privacy. If we or our third-party providers are unable to successfully prevent breaches of security relating to our solutions or customer private information, it could result in litigation and potential liability for us, cause damage to our brand and reputation, or otherwise harm our business and our stock price.
Many states have enacted laws requiring companies to notify consumers of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether successful or not, would harm our reputation and could cause the loss of customers. Similarly, if a publicized breach of data security at any other cloud backup service provider or other major consumer website were to occur, there could be a general public loss of confidence in the use of the internet for cloud backup services or commercial transactions generally. Any of these events could have material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our ability to provide services to our customers depends on our customers’ continued high-speed access to the internet and the continued reliability of the internet infrastructure.
Our business depends on our customers’ continued high-speed access to the internet, as well as the continued maintenance and development of the internet infrastructure. While we also provide broadband internet services, many of our clients depend on third-party internet service providers to expand high-speed internet access, to maintain a reliable network with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, and to develop complementary solutions and services, including high-speed solutions, for providing reliable and timely internet access and services. All of these factors are out of our control. To the extent that the internet continues to experience an increased number of users, frequency of use, or bandwidth requirements, the internet may become congested and be unable to support the demands placed on it, and its performance or reliability may decline. Any internet outages or delays could adversely affect our ability to provide services to our customers.
14
Currently, internet access is provided by telecommunications companies and internet access service providers that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace. In the absence of government regulation, these providers could take measures that affect their customers’ ability to use our products and services, such as attempting to charge their customers more for using our products and services. To the extent that internet service providers implement usage-based pricing, including meaningful bandwidth caps, or otherwise try to monetize access to their networks, we could incur greater operating expenses and customer acquisition and retention could be negatively impacted. Furthermore, to the extent network operators were to create tiers of internet access service and either charge us for or prohibit our services from being available to our customers through these tiers, our business could be negatively impacted. Some of these providers also offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which could potentially give them a competitive advantage.
If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.
If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to retain them, and as a result, our revenue and ability to grow would be adversely affected. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals. Customers choose not to renew their subscriptions for many reasons, including if customer service issues are not satisfactorily resolved, a desire to reduce discretionary spending, or a perception that they do not use the service sufficiently, that the solution is a poor value, or that competitive services provide a better value or experience. If our retention rate decreases, we may need to increase the rate at which we add new customers in order to maintain and grow our revenue, which may require us to incur significantly higher advertising and marketing expenses than we currently anticipate, or our revenue may decline. A significant decrease in our retention rate would therefore have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
A decline in demand for our cyber security, disaster recovery and/or infrastructure solutions in general would cause our revenue to decline.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from subscription services for business continuity, such as data protection solutions including our disaster recovery backup, replication, archive, and infrastructure as a service offerings. Some of the potential factors that could affect interest in and demand for cloud solutions include:
| ● | awareness of our brand and the cloud solutions category generally; |
| ● | the appeal and reliability of our solutions; |
| ● | the price, performance, features, and availability of competing solutions and services; |
| ● | public concern regarding privacy and data security; |
| ● | our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction; and |
| ● | the rate of growth in cloud solutions generally. |
In addition, substantially all of our revenue is currently derived from customers in the U.S. Consequently, a decrease of interest in and demand for our solutions in the U.S. could have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if our geographic mix of revenue was less concentrated.
We depend upon third party distributors to generate new customers. Our relationships with our partners and distributors may be terminated or may not continue to be beneficial in generating new customers, which could adversely affect our ability to increase our customer base.
We maintain a network of distributors, which refer customers to us through links on their websites or promotion to their customers. The number of customers that we are able to add through these relationships is dependent on the marketing efforts of distributors, over which we have little control. If we are unable to maintain our relationships, or renew contracts on favorable terms, with existing partners and distributors or establish new contractual relationships with potential partners and distributors, we may experience delays and increased costs in adding customers, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Our distributors also provide services to other third parties and therefore may not devote their full time and attention to promote our products and services.
15
If we are unable to expand our base of business customers, our future growth and operating results could be adversely affected.
We have committed and continue to commit substantial resources to the expansion and increased marketing of our business solutions. If we are unable to market and sell our solutions to businesses with competitive pricing and in a cost-effective manner our ability to grow our revenue and achieve profitability may be harmed.
If we are unable to sustain market recognition of and loyalty to our brand, or if our reputation were to be harmed, we could lose customers or fail to increase the number of our customers, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
Given our market focus, maintaining and enhancing our brand is critical to our success. We believe that the importance of brand recognition and loyalty will increase in light of increasing competition in our markets. We plan to continue investing substantial resources to promote our brand, both domestically and internationally, but there is no guarantee that our brand development strategies will enhance the recognition of our brand. Some of our existing and potential competitors have well-established brands with greater recognition than we have. If our efforts to promote and maintain our brand are not successful, our operating results and our ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely affected. In addition, even if our brand recognition and loyalty increases, this may not result in increased use of our solutions or higher revenue.
Our solutions, as well as those of our competitors, are regularly reviewed in computer and business publications. Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors’ solutions and services are rated more highly than our solutions, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. From time-to-time, our customers express dissatisfaction with our solutions, including, among other things, dissatisfaction with our customer support, our billing policies, and the way our solutions operate. If we do not handle customer complaints effectively, our brand and reputation may suffer, we may lose our customers’ confidence, and they may choose not to renew their subscriptions. In addition, many of our customers participate in online blogs about computers and internet services, including our solutions, and our success depends in part on our ability to generate positive customer feedback through such online channels where consumers seek and share information. If actions that we take or changes that we make to our solutions upset these customers, their blogging could negatively affect our brand and reputation. Complaints or negative publicity about our solutions or billing practices could adversely impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.
We receive, store, and process personal information and other customer data. Personal privacy has become a significant issue in the United States and in many other countries where we may offer our offering of solutions. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is currently complex and evolving, and it is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. There are numerous federal, state, local, and foreign laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules. We generally seek to comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations, and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to customers or other third parties, our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other customer data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Our customers may also accidentally disclose their passwords or store them on a mobile device that is lost or stolen, creating the perception that our systems are not secure against third-party access. Additionally, if third parties that we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations, or industry practices regarding the use or disclosure of our customers’ data, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of customers for the use and disclosure of such data is obtained, could require us to modify our solutions and features, possibly in a material manner, and may limit our ability to develop new services and features that make use of the data that our customers voluntarily share with us.
16
Our solutions are used by customers in the health care industry and we must comply with numerous federal and state laws related to patient privacy in connection with providing our solutions to these customers.
Our solutions are used by customers in the health care industry and we must comply with numerous federal and state laws related to patient privacy in connection with providing our solutions to these customers. In particular, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) include privacy standards that protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information and implementing data security standards. Because our solutions may backup individually identifiable health information for our customers, our customers are mandated by HIPAA to enter into written agreements with us known as business associate agreements that require us to safeguard individually identifiable health information. Business associate agreements typically include:
| ● | a description of our permitted uses of individually identifiable health information; |
| ● | a covenant not to disclose that information except as permitted under the agreement and to make our subcontractors, if any, subject to the same restrictions; |
| ● | assurances that appropriate administrative, physical, and technical safeguards are in place to prevent misuse of that information; |
| ● | an obligation to report to our customers any use or disclosure of that information other than as provided for in the agreement; |
| ● | a prohibition against our use or disclosure of that information if a similar use or disclosure by our customers would violate the HIPAA standards; |
| ● | the ability of our customers to terminate their subscription to our solution if we breach a material term of the business associate agreement and are unable to cure the breach; |
| ● | the requirement to return or destroy all individually identifiable health information at the end of the customer’s subscription; and |
| ● | access by the Department of Health and Human Services to our internal practices, books, and records to validate that we are safeguarding individually identifiable health information. |
We may not be able to adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA or HITECH implementation or comply with our obligations under our business associate agreements. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA, HITECH or other laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance. Failure by us to comply with any of the federal and state standards regarding patient privacy may subject us to penalties, including civil monetary penalties and, in some circumstances, criminal penalties, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our solutions operate in a wide variety of environments, systems, applications and configurations, which could result in errors or solution failures.
Because we offer solutions that solve a complex business need, undetected errors, failures, or bugs may occur, especially when solutions are first introduced or when new versions are released. Our solutions are often installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures in our solutions or may expose undetected errors, failures, or bugs in our solutions. Our customers’ computing environments are often characterized by a wide variety of standard and non-standard configurations that make pre-release testing for programming or compatibility errors very difficult and time-consuming. In addition, despite testing by us and others, errors, failures, or bugs may not be found in new solutions or releases until after distribution. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures, and bugs in certain of our solution offerings after their introduction and, in some cases, have experienced delayed or lost revenues as a result of these errors. In addition, we rely on hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties to offer our solutions, and any defects in, or unavailability of, our third-party software or hardware could cause interruptions to the availability of our solutions.
Errors, failures, bugs in or unavailability of our solutions released by us could result in negative publicity, damage to our brand, returns, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solutions, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers or others. Many of our end-user customers use our solutions in applications that are critical to their businesses and may have a greater sensitivity to defects in our solutions than to defects in other, less critical, software solutions. In addition, if an actual or perceived breach of information integrity or availability occurs in one of our end-user customer’s systems, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our solutions, the market perception of the effectiveness of our solutions could be harmed. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures of our capital and other resources and could cause interruptions, delays, or cessation of our solution licensing, which could cause us to lose existing or potential customers and could adversely affect our operating results.
17
We face many risks associated with our growth and plans to expand, which could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We continue to experience sales growth in our business. This growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope, and complexity, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to attract, service and retain an increasing number of customers. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational, and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Any such additional capital investments will increase our cost base. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our customers, develop and improve our operational, financial, and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures, and recruit, train, and retain highly skilled personnel. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as we grow, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be harmed.
We have office locations in New York and Rhode Island, and data centers in New York, Massachusetts, North Carolina and Texas. If we are unable to effectively manage a large and geographically dispersed group of employees and contractors or to anticipate our future growth and personnel needs, our business may be adversely affected. As we expand our business, we add complexity to our organization and must expand and adapt our operational infrastructure and effectively coordinate throughout our organization. As a result, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur additional expense related to our continued growth.
We also anticipate that our efforts to expand internationally will entail the marketing and advertising of our services and brand and the development of localized websites. We do not have substantial experience in selling our solutions in international markets or in conforming to the local cultures, standards, or policies necessary to successfully compete in those markets, and we must invest significant resources in order to do so. We may not succeed in these efforts or achieve our customer acquisition or other goals. For some international markets, customer preferences and buying behaviors may be different, and we may use business or pricing models that are different from our traditional subscription model to provide cloud backup and related services to customers. Our revenue from new foreign markets may not exceed the costs of establishing, marketing, and maintaining our international solutions, and therefore may not be profitable on a sustained basis, if at all.
Our intended international expansion and Flagship’s international business will subject us to risks typically encountered when operating internationally.
We intend to expand internationally. That, combined with Flagship’s international business operations, subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in the U.S. These risks include:
| ● | localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements; |
| ● | lack of experience in other geographic markets; |
| ● | strong local competitors; |
| ● | cost and burden of complying with, lack of familiarity with, and unexpected changes in foreign legal and regulatory requirements, including consumer and data privacy laws; |
| ● | difficulties in managing and staffing international operations; |
| ● | potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of transfer pricing, foreign value added or other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions, and/or taxes on the repatriation of earnings; |
| ● | dependence on third parties, including channel partners with whom we do not have extensive experience; |
18
| ● | compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, economic sanction laws and regulations, export controls, and other U.S. laws and regulations regarding international business operations; |
| ● | increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; |
| ● | political, social, and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general; and |
| ● | reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries. |
Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.
Our software contains encryption technologies, certain types of which are subject to U.S. and foreign export control regulations and, in some foreign countries, restrictions on importation and/or use. Any failure on our part to comply with encryption or other applicable export control requirements could result in financial penalties or other sanctions under the U.S. export regulations, including restrictions on future export activities, which could harm our business and operating results. Regulatory restrictions could impair our access to technologies that we seek for improving our solutions and may also limit or reduce the demand for our solutions outside of the U.S.
The loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, integrate, and retain other highly qualified personnel, could harm our business and growth prospects.
We depend on the continued service and performance of our key personnel. We do not have long-term employment agreements with any of our executive officers. In addition, many of our key technologies and systems are custom-made for our business by our personnel. The loss of key personnel, including key members of our management team, as well as certain of our key marketing, sales, product development, or technology personnel, could disrupt our operations and have an adverse effect on our ability to grow our business. In addition, several of our key personnel have only recently been employed by us, and we are still in the process of integrating these personnel into our operations. Our failure to successfully integrate these key employees into our business could adversely affect our business.
To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these employees is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. New hires require significant training and, in most cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the internet and high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the equity that they are to receive in connection with their employment. In addition, employees may be more likely to voluntarily exit the Company if the shares underlying their vested and unvested options, as well as unvested restricted stock units, have significantly depreciated in value resulting in the options they are holding being significantly above the market price of our common stock and the value of the restricted stock units decreasing. If we fail to attract new personnel, or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and growth prospects could be severely harmed.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
Assertions by a third party that our solutions infringe its intellectual property, whether or not correct, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses.
There is frequent litigation in the software and technology industries based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Any such claims or litigation may be time-consuming and costly, divert management resources, require us to change our services, require us to credit or refund subscription fees, or have other adverse effects on our business. Many companies are devoting significant resources to obtaining patents that could affect many aspects of our business. Third parties may claim that our technologies or solutions infringe or otherwise violate their patents or other intellectual property rights.
If we are forced to defend ourselves against intellectual property infringement claims, whether they have merit or are determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation, diversion of technical and management personnel, limitations on our ability to use our current websites and technologies, and an inability to market or provide our solutions. As a result of any such claim, we may have to develop or acquire non-infringing technologies, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease providing certain services, adjust our marketing and advertising activities, or take other actions to resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
19
Furthermore, we have licensed proprietary technologies from third parties that we use in our technologies and business, and we cannot be certain that the owners’ rights in their technologies will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented. In addition to the general risks described above associated with intellectual property and other proprietary rights, we are subject to the additional risk that the seller of such technologies may not have appropriately created, maintained, or enforced their rights in such technology.
Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.
A portion of the technologies licensed by us to our customers incorporates so-called “open source” software, and we may incorporate open source software in the future. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. These licenses may subject us to certain unfavorable conditions, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make publicly available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating, or using the open source software, and/or that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open source software into software that we license from such provider, we could be required to disclose any of our source code that incorporates or is a modification of such licensed software. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software that we use or license were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of the applicable license, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software, and required to comply with the foregoing conditions. Any of the foregoing could disrupt the distribution and sale of our solutions and harm our business.
We rely on third-party software to develop and provide our solutions, including server software and licenses from third parties to use patented intellectual property.
We rely on software licensed from third parties to develop and offer our solutions. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use intellectual property associated with the development of our solutions, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any software required for the development and maintenance of our solutions could result in delays in the provision of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from others, is identified, obtained, and integrated, which delay could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our solutions, which could harm our business.
If we are unable to protect our domain names, our reputation, brand, customer base, and revenue, as well as our business and operating results, could be adversely affected.
We have registered domain names for websites (“URLs”) that we use in our business, such as www.datastoragecorp.com. If we are unable to maintain our rights in these domain names, our competitors or other third parties could capitalize on our brand recognition by using these domain names for their own benefit. In addition, although we own the Company’s domain name under various global top level domains such as .com and .net, as well as under various country-specific domains, we might not be able to, or may choose not to, acquire or maintain other country-specific versions of the Company’s domain name or other potentially similar URLs. Domain names similar to ours have already been registered in the U.S. and elsewhere, and our competitors or other third parties could capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. The regulation of domain names in the U.S. and elsewhere is generally conducted by internet regulatory bodies and is subject to change. If we lose the ability to use a domain name in a particular country, we may be forced to either incur significant additional expenses to market our solutions within that country, including the development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional materials, or elect not to sell our solutions in that country. Either result could substantially harm our business and operating results. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or maintain the domain names that utilize the Company’s name in all of the countries in which we currently conduct or intend to conduct business. Further, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights varies among jurisdictions and is unclear in some jurisdictions. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of, our brand or our trademarks. Protecting and enforcing our rights in our domain names and determining the rights of others may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs, divert management attention, and not be decided favorably to us.
20
Risks Relating to this Offering and our Reverse Stock-Split
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.
The public offering price of the shares of common stock included in the Units will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, investors in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $[____] per share based on the public offering price of $[____] per Unit. Investors in this offering will pay a price per Unit that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering and may not use the proceeds effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to provide funding for the following purposes: sales force expansion, marketing and business development; research and development; Merger; potential acquisitions; and working capital purposes. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our securities.
Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including amount of cash used in our operations, which can be highly uncertain, subject to substantial risks and can often change. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.
The warrants included in the Units are speculative in nature.
The warrants included in the Units offered in this offering do not confer any rights of common stock ownership on their holders, such as voting rights or the right to receive dividends, but rather merely represent the right to acquire shares of our common stock at a fixed price for a limited period of time. Specifically, commencing on the date of issuance, holders of such warrants may exercise their right to acquire shares of common stock and pay an exercise price of $[____] per share (110% of the public offering price of a Unit), prior to five years from the date of issuance, after which date any such unexercised warrants will expire and have no further value. In addition, there is no established trading market for such warrants and we do not expect a market to develop.
Holders of the warrants included in the Units offered hereby will have no rights as a common stockholder until they acquire our common stock.
Until holders of the warrants included in the Units offered hereby acquire shares of our common stock upon exercise of the warrants, the holders will have no rights with respect to shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. Upon exercise of the warrants, the holder will be entitled to exercise the rights of a common stockholder as to the security exercised only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise.
Provisions of the warrants offered by this prospectus could discourage an acquisition of us by a third party.
In addition to the discussion of the provisions of our articles of incorporation, as amended, our amended by-laws, certain provisions of the warrants included in the Units offered by this prospectus could make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire us. Such warrants prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions constituting “fundamental transactions” unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under such warrants. These and other provisions of the warrants included in the Units offered by this prospectus could prevent or deter a third party from acquiring us even where the acquisition could be beneficial to you.
21
Even if the Board approves a reverse stock split of our common stock at a ratio that currently achieves the requisite increase in the market price of our common stock for listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will remain high enough for such reverse split to have the intended effect of complying with Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement; and if we effect a reverse stock split, we cannot assure you that we will meet Nasdaq’s minimum requirements or standards.
Even if the reverse stock split achieves the requisite increase in the market price of our common stock to be in compliance with the minimum bid price of Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that (i) the market price of our common stock following the reverse stock split will remain at the level required for continuing compliance with that requirement, or (ii) if we effect a reverse stock split, we will meet Nasdaq’s minimum requirements or standards. It is not uncommon for the market price of a company’s common stock to decline in the period following a reverse stock split. If the market price of our common stock declines following the effectuation of the reverse stock split, the percentage decline may be greater than would occur in the absence of a reverse stock split. In any event, other factors unrelated to the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, such as negative financial or operational results, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and jeopardize our ability to meet or maintain the Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement.
If we are unable to satisfy these requirements or standards, we would not be able to meet Nasdaq’s initial listing standards, which could cause us to terminate this offering. We can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to be listed, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the minimum bid price requirement, or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements.
Even if the reverse stock split increases the market price of our common stock and we meet Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing standards, a failure of which could result in a de-listing of our common stock.
In conjunction with this offering, we intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq. Prior to this offering, our common stock will have been quoted on OTCQB. There is no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on Nasdaq or that we will be able to comply with such applicable listing standards. Should our common stock be listed on Nasdaq, in order to maintain that listing, Nasdaq requires that the trading price of a company’s listed stock on Nasdaq remain above one dollar in order for such stock to remain listed. If a listed stock trades below one dollar for more than 30 consecutive trading days, then it is subject to delisting from Nasdaq. In addition, to maintain a listing on Nasdaq, we must satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements and standards, including those regarding director independence and independent committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, and certain corporate governance requirements. If we are unable to satisfy these requirements or standards, we could be subject to delisting, which would have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we would expect to take actions to restore our compliance with the listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the minimum bid price requirement, or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements.
The reverse stock split may decrease the liquidity of the shares of our common stock.
The liquidity of the shares of our common stock may be affected adversely by the reverse stock split given the reduced number of shares that will be outstanding following the reverse stock split, especially if the market price of our common stock does not increase as a result of the reverse stock split. In addition, the reverse stock split may increase the number of shareholders who own odd lots (less than 100 shares) of our common stock, creating the potential for such shareholders to experience an increase in the cost of selling their shares of common stock and greater difficulty effecting such sales.
Following the reverse stock split, the resulting market price of our common stock may not attract new investors, including institutional investors, and may not satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not improve.
Although we believe that a higher market price of our common stock may help generate greater or broader investor interest, there can be no assurance that the reverse stock split will result in a share price that will attract new investors, including institutional investors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the market price of our common stock will satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. As a result, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not necessarily improve.
22
If our listing application for our common stock is not approved by Nasdaq, we will not be able to consummate the offering and will terminate this offering.
An approval of our listing application by Nasdaq will be subject to, among other things, our fulfillment of the following conditions: (i) the offering is completed and closed; and (ii) we have raised a sufficient amount of equity necessary to qualify for the minimum equity requirements necessary to list on Nasdaq. Currently there are two standards for admission onto Nasdaq that we are endeavoring to satisfy: either $5 million in stockholders’ equity and $15 million market value of publicly held shares of common stock; or $4 million in stockholders’ equity, $15 million market value of publicly held shares and $50 million market value of publicly listed securities. If we fail to meet the minimum requirements for listing on Nasdaq, we will not be able to consummate the offering and will terminate this offering. Failure to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq would make it more difficult for our stockholders to dispose of our common stock and more difficult to obtain accurate price quotations on our common stock. Our ability to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or otherwise to arrange for any financing we may need in the future, may also be materially and adversely affected if our common stock is not traded on a national securities exchange. We will need to receive a minimum offering amount of $[ ] in order to satisfy the listing conditions to trade our common stock on the Nasdaq.
As a result of the timing of the reverse stock split, uplist to Nasdaq and pricing of this offering, potential investors will not have an opportunity to check the actual post-split market price before confirming their purchases in this offering.
We plan to file an amendment to our articles of incorporation, as amended, to effect the reverse stock split following the SEC declaring the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, effective and prior to closing of this offering. Because such reverse stock split will occur following the SEC declaring such registration statement effective and concurrently with the pricing of this offering, potential investors will not be able to check the actual post-split market price of our common stock on Nasdaq before confirming purchases in the offering.
There is no assurance that once listed on Nasdaq we will not continue to experience volatility in our share price.
The OTCQB, where our common stock is currently quoted, is an inter-dealer, over-the-counter market that provides significantly less liquidity than Nasdaq. Our common stock is thinly traded due to the limited number of shares available for trading on the OTCQB thus causing large swings in price. As such, investors and potential investors may find it difficult to obtain accurate stock price quotations, and holders of our common stock may be unable to resell their securities at or near their original offering price or at any price. Our public offering price per Unit may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. If an active market for our common stock develops and continues, our common stock price may nevertheless be volatile. If our common stock experiences volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the public offering price per Unit. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock and our common stock price may decline substantially in a short period of time. As a result, our shareholders could suffer losses or be unable to liquidate their holdings. No assurance can be given that the price of our common stock will become less volatile when listed on Nasdaq.
Market prices for our common stock will be influenced by a number of factors, including:
| ● | the issuance of new equity securities of the Company pursuant to a future offering, including issuances of preferred stock; |
| ● | the introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors; |
| ● | any future reseller arrangements with global and domestic providers and brand owners; |
| ● | changes in interest rates; |
| ● | significant dilution caused by the anti-dilutive clauses in our financial agreements; |
| ● | competitive developments, including announcements by our competitors of new products or services or significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; |
23
| ● | variations in our quarterly operating results; |
| ● | change in financial estimates by securities analysts; |
| ● | a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our Company; |
| ● | the depth and liquidity of the market for our shares of common stock; |
| ● | sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our major stockholders, any executive officers or directors appointed in the future, or by other significant shareholders; |
| ● | investor perceptions of our Company; and |
| ● | general economic and other national and international conditions , including, but not limited to, the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. |
Market price fluctuations may negatively affect the ability of investors to sell our shares at consistent prices.
Risks Related to the Merger
Failure to complete the Merger could negatively impact the stock price and the future business and financial results of Data Storage.
The parties’ respective obligations to complete the Merger, which we intend to effect through the merger of the Merger Sub with and into Flagship pursuant to the Merger Agreement, with Flagship being the surviving company of such Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Data Storage, are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including the Company obtaining sufficient financing in order to consummate the Merger, and the listing of the Company’s common stock on Nasdaq. There can be no assurance that the conditions to completion of the Merger will be satisfied or waived or that the Merger will be completed. If the Merger is not completed for any reason, the ongoing business of Data Storage may be materially and adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the Merger, Data Storage would be subject to a number of risks, including the following:
| ● | Data Storage may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including negative impacts on the trading price of Data Storage common stock, which could affect Data Storage’s ability to secure sufficient financing in the future on attractive terms (or at all) as a standalone company, and from its customers, vendors, regulators and employees; |
| ● | Data Storage may be required to pay Flagship an amount equal to two times Flagship’s transaction-related expenses incurred in connection with the Merger (up to a cap of $100,000) if Data Storage fails to consummate the Merger by May 31, 2021 under certain circumstances; |
| ● | Data Storage will be required to pay its transaction-related expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, whether or not the Merger is completed; |
| ● | the Merger Agreement (as defined herein) places certain restrictions on the operation of Flagship business prior to the closing of the Merger, and such restrictions, the waiver of which is subject to Data Storage’s consent, may prevent Flagship from making certain acquisitions, taking certain other specified actions or otherwise pursuing business opportunities during the pendency of the Merger that Flagship may have otherwise made, taken or pursued if those restrictions were not in place; and |
| ● | matters relating to the Merger (including integration planning) will require substantial commitments of time and resources by Data Storage management and the expenditure of significant funds in the form of transaction-related fees and expenses, which would otherwise have been devoted to day-to-day operations and other opportunities that may have been beneficial to Data Storage as an independent company. |
In addition, Data Storage could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the Merger or related to any proceeding to specifically enforce Data Storage’s obligations under the Merger Agreement.
If any of these risks materialize, they may materially and adversely affect Data Storage business, financial condition, financial results and common stock prices.
24
There can be no assurance that Data Storage will be able to raise sufficient capital in this offering to consummate the Merger or for use by the combined Data Storage and Flagship company following the Merger.
Data Storage intends to raise sufficient capital in this offering in order to consummate the Merger and for use by the combined Data Storage-Flagship company through the issuance and sale of the Units in this offering. In the event that the sale of the Units in this offering is not consummated, other financing may not be available on acceptable terms, in a timely manner or at all. If Data Storage is unable to secure financing, the Merger may be delayed or not be completed. In the event the Merger and the offering is not consummated, based on current planned expenditures, Data Storage expects that its cash and cash equivalents at February 10, 2021, to be sufficient to meet its operating and capital requirements through the fourth quarter of calendar year 2021.
The Merger Agreement requires Data Storage to make a closing cash payment of $5,550,000 to the former Flagship equityholders, and to issue up to $4,950,000 of Data Storage common stock to the former Flagship equityholders upon completion of and subject to adjustment based upon the 2020 and 2021 audit of Flagship’s financial statements. Such post-closing issuance of shares of Data Storage common stock to the former Flagship equityholders may result in dilution to the Data Storage stockholders.
To the extent that Data Storage’s proceeds from the offering, together with Data Storage’s cash on hand and profits, if any, from the operations of the combined Data Storage-Flagship business are not sufficient to fund such closing cash payment, Data Storage would need to raise additional capital. All statements herein concerning future operations of the combined Data Storage-Flagship company are forward-looking statements and involve risks and uncertainties.
The combined Data Storage-Flagship company may need to raise additional capital to fund its operations
If the combined Data Storage-Flagship company needs to raise additional capital to fund its operations, it will likely seek to sell common or preferred equity or convertible debt securities, enter into a credit facility or another form of third-party funding, or seek other debt financing. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to Data Storage’s stockholders and certain of those securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of Data Storage common stock, including purchasers of Units in this offering. If the combined Data Storage-Flagship company raises additional funds through the issuance of preferred stock, convertible debt securities or other debt financing, these securities or other debt could contain covenants that would restrict its operations, fund raising capabilities or otherwise. The source, timing and availability of any future financing will depend principally upon market conditions, and may not be available when needed, at all, or on terms acceptable to the combined Data Storage-Flagship company. Lack of necessary funds may require the combined Data Storage-Flagship company to, among other things delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s planned actions and could result in Data Storage breaching the terms of the Merger Agreement relating to the post-closing cash payments to the former Flagship equityholders.
The parties to the Merger Agreement may not realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Merger.
While Data Storage and Flagship will continue to operate independently until the completion of the Merger, the success of the Merger will depend, in part, on Data Storage’s and Flagship’s ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining Data Storage’s and Flagship’s respective businesses. The ability of the parties to the Merger Agreement to realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings is subject to certain risks, including, among others:
| ● | such parties’ ability to successfully combine their respective businesses; |
| ● | the risk that the combined businesses of such parties will not perform as expected; |
| ● | the extent to which such parties will be able to realize the expected synergies, which include realizing potential savings from re-assessing priority assets and aligning investments, eliminating duplication and redundancy, adopting an optimized operating model between both companies and leveraging scale, and creating value resulting from the combination of Data Storage’s and Flagship’s respective businesses; |
| ● | the possibility that the aggregate consideration being paid for Flagship is greater than the value Data Storage will derive from the Merger; |
| ● | the possibility that the combined Data Storage-Flagship company will not achieve the free cash flow that such parties have projected; |
| ● | the reduction of cash available for operations and other uses; |
| ● | the assumption of known and unknown liabilities of Flagship; and |
| ● | the possibility of costly litigation challenging the Merger. |
Covenants contained in the Merger Agreement requiring Data Storage to maintain the Flagship business as a stand-alone business separate from the Data Storage business during Flagship’s 2021 fiscal year, which relate to the post-closing earnout payments to be made to the former Flagship equityholders, may limit Data Storage’s ability to combine and integrate the Data Storage and Flagship businesses and realize the benefits discussed above.
If Data Storage is not able to successfully integrate the Data Storage and Flagship businesses within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the anticipated cost savings, synergies operational efficiencies and other benefits of the Merger may not be realized fully or may take longer to realize than expected, and the combined Data Storage-Flagship company may not perform as expected.
25
Integrating Data Storage’s and Flagship’s businesses may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected.
Data Storage and Flagship have operated and, until completion of the Merger will continue to operate, independently, and there can be no assurances that their businesses can be integrated successfully. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of either company’s or both companies’ ongoing businesses or unexpected integration issues, such as higher than expected integration costs and an overall post-completion integration process that takes longer than originally anticipated. Specifically, issues that must be addressed in integrating the operations of Data Storage and Flagship in order to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger so the combined business performs as expected include, among others:
| ● | combining the companies’ separate operational, financial, reporting and corporate functions; |
| ● | integrating the companies’ technologies, products and services; |
| ● | identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets; |
| ● | harmonizing the companies’ operating practices, employee development, compensation and benefit programs, internal controls and other policies, procedures and processes; |
| ● | addressing possible differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies; |
| ● | maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees; |
| ● | attracting and recruiting prospective employees; |
| ● | consolidating the companies’ corporate, administrative and information technology infrastructure; |
| ● | coordinating sales, distribution and marketing efforts; |
| ● | managing the movement of certain businesses and positions to different locations; |
| ● | maintaining existing agreements with customers and vendors and avoiding delays in entering into new agreements with prospective customers and vendors; |
| ● | coordinating geographically dispersed organizations; and |
| ● | effecting potential actions that may be required in connection with obtaining regulatory approvals. |
In addition, at times, the attention of certain members of each company’s management and each company’s resources may be focused on completion of the Merger and the integration of the businesses of the two companies and diverted from day-to-day business operations, which may disrupt each company’s ongoing business and, consequently, the business of the combined company.
Data Storage and Flagship will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Merger is pending.
Uncertainty about the effect of the Merger on employees, vendors and customers may have an adverse effect on Data Storage or Flagship and consequently on the combined Data Storage-Flagship company after the closing of the Merger. These uncertainties may impair Data Storage’s and Flagship’s ability to retain and motivate key personnel and could cause customers and others that deal with Data Storage and Flagship, as applicable, to defer or decline entering into contracts with Data Storage or Flagship, as applicable, or making other decisions concerning Data Storage or Flagship, as applicable, or seek to change existing business relationships with Data Storage or Flagship, as applicable. In addition, if key employees depart because of uncertainty about their future roles and the potential complexities of the Merger, Data Storage’s and Flagship’s businesses could be harmed. Furthermore, the Merger Agreement places certain restrictions on the operation of Flagship’s business prior to the closing of the Merger, which may delay or prevent Data Storage and Flagship from undertaking certain actions or business opportunities that may arise prior to the consummation of the Merger, and requires Data Storage to maintain the Flagship business as a stand-alone business separate from the Data Storage business during Flagship’s 2021 fiscal year, relating to the post-closing earnout payments to be made to the former Flagship equityholders, which may limit Data Storage’s ability to combine and integrate the Data Storage and Flagship businesses after consummation of the Merger.
Third parties may terminate or alter existing contracts or relationships with Flagship.
Flagship has contracts with customers, vendors and other business partners which may require it to obtain consents from those other parties in connection with the Merger. If those consents cannot be obtained, the counterparties to these contracts and other third parties with which Flagship currently has relationships may have the ability to terminate, reduce the scope of or otherwise materially adversely alter their relationships with Flagship in anticipation of the Merger, or with the combined Data Storage-Flagship company following the Merger. The pursuit of such rights may result in the combined Data Storage-Flagship company suffering a loss of potential future revenue, incurring liabilities in connection with a breach of such agreements or losing rights that are material to its business. Any such --disruptions could limit the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Merger. The adverse effect of such disruptions could also be exacerbated by a delay in the completion of the Merger or the termination of the Merger.
The Merger is subject to a number of closing conditions and, if these conditions are not satisfied, the Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Merger may not be completed. In addition, the parties to the Merger Agreement have the right to terminate the Merger Agreement under other specified circumstances, in which case the Merger would not be completed.
The Merger is subject to a number of closing conditions and, if these conditions are not satisfied or waived (to the extent permitted by law), the Merger will not be completed. These conditions include, among others: (i) the absence of certain legal impediments, (ii) obtaining all governmental authorizations, (iii) the approval of the Merger Agreement and the Merger by Flagship’s equityholders, (v) Data Storage’s receipt of sufficient financing in order to consummate the Merger, and (vi) Data Storage’s common stock being listed on the Nasdaq. In addition, the obligation of each party to the Merger Agreement to complete the Merger is subject to the accuracy of the other party’s representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement and the other party’s compliance, in all material respects, with their respective covenants and agreements in the Merger Agreement.
26
The conditions to the Closing may not be fulfilled and, accordingly, the Merger may not be completed. In addition, if the Merger is not completed by May 31, 2021, Flagship may choose not to proceed with the Merger and require Data Storage to pay Flagship an amount equal to two times its transaction-related expenses incurred in connection with the Merger (up to a cap of $100,000). Moreover, the parties to the Merger Agreement can mutually decide to terminate the Merger Agreement at any time prior to the consummation of the Merger. In addition, if the Merger Agreement is terminated, Data Storage may incur substantial transaction-related expenses in connection with termination of the Merger Agreement and will not realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger.
The projections and forecasts concerning the combined Data Storage-Flagship company utilized by Data Storage management in connection with the Merger may not be realized, which may adversely affect the market price of Data Storage Common Stock following the completion of the Merger.
None of the projections or forecasts concerning the combined Data Storage-Flagship company utilized by Data Storage management in connection with the Merger were prepared with a view towards public disclosure or compliance with the published guidelines of the SEC, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of financial forecasts. These projections and forecasts are inherently based on various estimates and assumptions that are subject to the judgment of those preparing them. These projections and forecasts are also subject to significant economic, competitive, industry and other uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond the control of Data Storage. There can be no assurance that the financial condition of the combined Data Storage-Flagship company, including its cash flows or results of operations, will be consistent with those set forth in such projections and forecasts, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of Data Storage Common Stock or the financial position of Data Storage following the Merger.
Executive officers and directors of Data Storage and Flagship may have interests in the Merger that are different from, or in addition to, the rights of their respective stockholders and equityholders.
Executive officers of Data Storage and Flagship negotiated the terms of the Merger Agreement and Board and the Flagship managers each approved the Merger Agreement and the Merger. and Flagship recommended that each of its equityholders vote in favor of the Merger. These executive officers, directors and managers may have interests in the Merger that are different from, or in addition to, those of the Data Storage stockholders or the Flagship equityholders. These interests include the continued employment of certain executive officers of Flagship by Data Storage following the Merger, an executive officer of Flagship joining the Board, and the indemnification of Data Storage and Flagship executive officers and directors. See “Recent Developments- Flagship Solutions, LLC”.
Data Storage and Flagship will incur significant transaction and Merger-related transition costs in connection with the Merger.
Data Storage and Flagship expect that they will incur significant, non-recurring costs in connection with consummating the Merger and integrating the operations of the two companies post-closing of the Merger. Data Storage and/or Flagship may each incur additional costs to retain key executives and other employees after the Merger, which could materially and adversely affect the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s cash flow and results of operations. Data Storage and/or Flagship will also incur significant fees and expenses relating to financing arrangements and legal (including any fees, expenses and settlement costs that Data Storage may incur in defending against any potential class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits in connection with the Merger, if any such proceedings are brought against it), accounting and other transaction fees and expenses associated with consummating the Merger. Some of these transaction fees and expenses are payable regardless of whether the Merger is completed. In addition, Data Storage may be required to pay Flagship’s transaction fees and expenses (up to a cap of $100,000) if the Merger does not close by May 31, 2021 under certain circumstances specified in the Merger Agreement. Though Data Storage will continue to assess the magnitude of these costs, additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the Merger and the integration of the businesses of Data Storage and Flagship.
Data Storage may be the target of securities class action and derivative lawsuits in connection with the Merger, which could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed.
Securities class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits are often brought against public companies that have entered into merger agreements. Even if the lawsuits are without merit, defending against these claims can result in substantial costs and divert management time and resources. An adverse judgment could result in monetary damages, which could have a negative impact on Data Storage’s liquidity and financial condition. Additionally, if a plaintiff is successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting completion of the Merger, then that injunction may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed, which may adversely affect Data Storage’s or, if the Merger is completed but delayed, the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s business, financial position and results of operations. As of the date of this prospectus, no such lawsuits have been filed in connection with the Merger and we cannot predict whether any will be filed.
27
The lack of a public market for Flagship equity interests makes it difficult to determine the fair market value of the Flagship equity interest, and so Data Storage may pay more than the fair market value of the Flagship equity interests.
Flagship is a privately-held company and its equity interests are not traded in any public market. The lack of a public market makes it difficult to determine Flagship’s fair market value. Because the percentage of Data Storage’s outstanding common stock to be issued to Flagship equityholders in connection with the Merger was determined based on negotiations between the parties to the Merger Agreement, it is possible that the value of the Data Storage Common Stock to be received by Flagship equityholders will be less than the fair market value of Flagship or, stated another way, Data Storage may pay more than fair market value for Flagship.
Additional Risks Relating to the Combined Company after Completion of the Merger
The post-Merger market price for shares of Data Storage Common Stock may be affected by factors different from those affecting the market price for shares of Data Storage Common Stock prior to the Merger.
Upon completion of the Merger, the shares of Data Storage common stock will reflect both the Data Storage and Flagship businesses and results of operations. Data Storage’s and Flagship’s respective business differ, and accordingly the results of operations of the combined Data Storage/Flagship company, and the post-Merger market price of Data Storage common stock, will be affected by factors different from the pre-Merger results of operations of Data Storage and the pre-Merger market price of Data Storage common stock.
The market price for shares of Data Storage Common Stock may decline as a result of the Merger, including as a result of some Data Storage stockholders adjusting their portfolios.
The market value of Data Storage common stock at the time of consummation of the Merger may vary significantly from the price of Data Storage common stock on the date the Merger Agreement was executed and the date of this prospectus. Following consummation of the Merger, the market price of Data Storage common stock may decline if, among other things, the operational cost savings estimates in connection with the integration of Data Storage’s and Flagship’s respective businesses are not realized, or if the costs related to the Merger are greater than expected, or if the financing related to the Merger is on unfavorable terms. The market price also may decline if the combined Data Storage-Flagship company does not achieve the perceived benefits of the Merger as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or industry analysts or if the effect of the Merger on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the combined Data Storage-Flagship company is not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry analysts.
In addition, sales of Data Storage common stock by Data Storage’s stockholders after the completion of the Merger may cause the market price of Data Storage common stock to decrease.
Any of these events may make it more difficult for Data Storage to sell equity or equity-related securities, dilute your ownership interest in Data Storage and have an adverse impact on the price of Data Storage common stock.
Data Storage does not expect to declare any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
After the completion of the Merger, Data Storage does not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of Data Storage common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.
The Merger may not be accretive, and may be dilutive, to the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s earnings per share, which may negatively affect the market price of shares of Data Storage common stock.
Data Storage currently believes that the Merger will result in a number of benefits, including cost savings, operating efficiencies, and stronger demand for the products and services of the combined Data Storage-Flagship company, and that the Merger will be accretive to the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s earnings. This belief is based, in part, on preliminary current estimates that may materially change. In addition, future events and conditions, including adverse changes in market conditions, additional transaction and integration-related costs and other factors such as the failure to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the Merger, could decrease or delay the accretion that is currently anticipated or could result in dilution. Any dilution of, or decrease in or delay of any accretion to, the combined Data Storage-Flagship company’s earnings per share could cause the price of shares of Data Storage common stock to decline or grow at a reduced rate.
28
Any failure by Flagship to comply with the terms of its outstanding indebtedness following the Merger could result in a default under the terms of such indebtedness that, if uncured, it could result in a foreclosure action against the pledged assets and legal action against the Company, as guarantor of that indebtedness.
Flagship currently has outstanding approximately $525,000 in principal under its line of credit with Bank United, N.A. (the “Bank United Indebtedness”), as well as approximately $499,900 in principal under its Economic Injury Disaster Loan from the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “EIDL Indebtedness” and, together with the Bank United Indebtedness, the “Flagship Indebtedness”), both of which will remain outstanding following the Merger. In addition to pledge of Flagship’s assets, the Flagship Indebtedness is currently secured by personal guarantees provided by certain Flagship equityholders who are also senior executives of Flagship. In connection with consummation of the Merger, those personal guarantees will be replaced by a parent guarantee from the Company, resulting in the Flagship Indebtedness effectively becoming an obligation of the Company upon consummation of the Merger. If Flagship fails to repay the Flagship Indebtedness or otherwise does not comply with the terms of the Flagship Indebtedness following consummation of the Merger, the applicable lender could declare a default under the loan documents for such Flagship Indebtedness, foreclose on the assets pledged to secure such Flagship Indebtedness, and enforce the parent guarantee of the Flagship Indebtedness provided by the Company. Any such action would have a serious disruptive effect on the operations of Flagship and the Company.
Risks Relating to our Common Stock
Our stock price has fluctuated in the past, has recently been volatile and may be volatile in the future, and as a result, investors in our common stock could incur substantial losses.
Our stock price has fluctuated in the past, has recently been volatile and may be volatile in the future. By way of example, on January 11, 2021, the reported low sale price of our common stock was $0.419 and the reported high sales price was $0.97. For comparison purposes, on October 1, 2020, the price of our common stock closed at $0.14 per share while on January 11, 2021, our stock price closed at $0.44 per share with no discernable announcements or developments by the company or third parties. We may incur rapid and substantial decreases in our stock price in the foreseeable future that are unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. In addition, the recent outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) has caused broad stock market and industry fluctuations. The stock market has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our common stock. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including the following:
| ● | investor reaction to our business strategy; |
| ● | the success of competitive products or technologies; |
| ● | regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries, especially changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products; |
| ● | variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us; |
| ● | our ability or inability to raise additional capital and the terms on which we raise it; |
| ● | declines in the market prices of stocks generally; |
| ● | our public disclosure of the terms of any financing which we consummate in the future; |
| ● | an announcement that we have effected a reverse split of our common stock; |
| ● | our failure to become profitable; |
| ● | our failure to raise working capital; |
| ● | any acquisitions we may consummate, including, but not limited to, the Merger; |
| ● | announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new services, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; |
| ● | cancellation of key contracts; |
| ● | our failure to meet financial forecasts we publicly disclose; |
| ● | trading volume of our common stock; |
| ● | sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders; |
| ● | general economic, industry and market conditions; and |
| ● | other events or factors, including those resulting from such events, or the prospect of such events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues including health epidemics or pandemics, such as the recent outbreak of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19), and natural disasters such as fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or elsewhere, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of our suppliers or result in political or economic instability; |
These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Since the stock price of our common stock has fluctuated in the past, has been recently volatile and may be volatile in the future, investors in our common stock could incur substantial losses. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. There can be no guarantee that our stock price will remain at current prices or that future sales of our common stock will not be at prices lower than those sold to investors.
Additionally, recently, securities of certain companies have experienced significant and extreme volatility in stock price due short sellers of shares of common stock, known as a “short squeeze.” These short squeezes have caused extreme volatility in those companies and in the market and have led to the price per share of those companies to trade at a significantly inflated rate that is disconnected from the underlying value of the company. Many investors who have purchased shares in those companies at an inflated rate face the risk of losing a significant portion of their original investment as the price per share has declined steadily as interest in those stocks have abated. While we have no reason to believe our shares would be the target of a short squeeze, there can be no assurance that we won’t be in the future, and you may lose a significant portion or all of your investment if you purchase our shares at a rate that is significantly disconnected from our underlying value.
29
If a public market for our common stock develops, trading will be limited under the SEC’s penny stock regulations, which will adversely affect the liquidity of our common stock.
The trading price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share and, as a result, our common stock is considered a "penny stock," and trading in our common stock would be subject to the requirements of Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act. Under this rule, broker/dealers who recommend low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors must satisfy special sales practice requirements. Generally, the broker/dealer must make an individualized written suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written consent prior to the transaction.
SEC regulations also require additional disclosure in connection with any trades involving a "penny stock," including the delivery, prior to any penny stock transaction, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and its associated risks. These requirements severely limit the liquidity of securities in the secondary market because few broker or dealers are likely to undertake these compliance activities. In addition to the applicability of the penny stock rules, other risks associated with trading in penny stocks could also be price fluctuations and the lack of a liquid market. An active and liquid market in our common stock may never develop due to these factors.
Upon exercise of our outstanding options or warrants and upon conversion of our convertible Series A Preferred Stock, we will be obligated to issue a substantial number of additional shares of common stock which will dilute our present shareholders.
We are obligated to issue additional shares of our common stock in connection with our outstanding options, warrants, and shares of our convertible preferred stock. As of January 1, 2021 , there were options, warrants, and shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding, convertible into 10,191,552 shares of common stock, respectively. The exercise, conversion or exchange of warrants or convertible securities, including for other securities, will cause us to issue additional shares of our common stock and will dilute the percentage ownership of our shareholders. In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, exchange outstanding securities for other securities on terms that are dilutive to the securities held by other shareholders not participating in such exchange.
Offers or availability for sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, including following this offering, may cause the price of our common stock to decline.
Sales of large blocks of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock. The existence of these shares and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, warrants and options create a circumstance commonly referred to as an “overhang” which can act as a depressant to our common stock price. The existence of an overhang, whether or not sales have occurred or are occurring, also could make our ability to raise additional financing through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities more difficult in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate. If our existing shareholders and investors seek to sell a substantial number of shares of our common stock, such selling efforts may cause significant declines in the market price of our common stock.
In addition, the shares of our common stock included in the Units and underlying warrants sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. As a result, a substantial number of shares of our common stock may be sold in the public market following this offering. If there are significantly more shares of common stock offered for sale than buyers are willing to purchase, then the market price of our common stock may decline to a market price at which buyers are willing to purchase the offered common stock and sellers remain willing to sell our common stock.
Our common stock may be affected by limited trading volume and price fluctuations, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.
Our common stock has experienced, and is likely to experience in the future, significant price and volume fluctuations, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. In addition, we believe that factors such as quarterly fluctuations in our financial results and changes in the overall economy or the condition of the financial markets could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. These fluctuations may also cause short sellers to periodically enter the market in the belief that we will have poor results in the future. We cannot predict the actions of market participants and, therefore, can offer no assurances that the market for our common stock will be stable or appreciate over time.
30
Because we may issue preferred stock without the approval of our shareholders and have other anti-takeover defenses, it may be more difficult for a third party to acquire us and could depress our stock price.
In general, our Board may issue, without a vote of our shareholders, one or more additional series of preferred stock that have more than one vote per share, although the Company’s ability to designate and issue preferred stock is currently restricted by covenants under our agreements with prior investors. Without these restrictions, our Board could issue preferred stock to investors who support us and our management and give effective control of our business to our management. Additionally, issuance of preferred stock could block an acquisition resulting in both a drop in our stock price and a decline in interest of our common stock. This could make it more difficult for shareholders to sell their common stock. This could also cause the market price of our common stock shares to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.
Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends on our shares of common stock, any returns will be limited to the value of our shares.
We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our share price.
Conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously converted their Preferred Stock
Our Series A Preferred Stock is currently convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, plus the amount of shares of common stock determined by dividing (i) the dollar amount of accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock as of the date of conversion, by (ii) the fair market value of one share of common stock as of the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board. To the extent that we issue common stock upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock, such conversion will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Series A Preferred Stock may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock could depress the price of the Common Stock.
31
Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or of the warrants issued in this offering, and the: (i) uplist to Nasdaq of our common stock; (ii) a [ ] reverse common stock split effected by the Board and (iii) [___] Units sold in the offering at a public offering price per share of $[___], we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $[ ] after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Assuming the same, if the Representative’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $[ ]. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, and any proceeds from the exercise of warrants included in the Units and the Representative’s warrants, for the following purposes:
| With Over-Allotment | Without Over-Allotment | |||||||
| Uses: | ||||||||
| Research and Development | $ | |||||||
| Sales Force Expansion, Marketing, Business Development and Potential Acquisitions | $ | |||||||
| The Merger | $ | 5,550,000 | ||||||
| Working Capital | ||||||||
| Total Uses | $ | |||||||
This is an estimated use of proceeds; the actual allocation of proceeds realized from this offering will depend upon our operating revenues and cash position and our working capital requirements and may change.
Therefore, as of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, we will have discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.
Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities. We anticipate that the proceeds from this offering will enable us to become cash flow from operations positive.
A 50% increase (decrease) in the public offering price of $[_____] per Unit would increase (decrease) the expected net proceeds of the offering to us by approximately $[___] million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock sold by us remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of Units we are offering.
Management believes that the proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to satisfy the Company’s cash needs for the next [ ] months.
32
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2020:
| ● | on an actual basis; and |
| ● | on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Units in this offering. |
You should consider this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” above as well as our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| As of September 30, 2020 | ||||||||
| Unaudited, Actual (1) |
Unaudited, As Adjusted (2) |
|||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 604,763 | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 4,297,324 | |||||||
| Total Long-Term Liabilities | 1,865,441 | |||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit): | ||||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000 authorized, 1,401,786 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 | 1,402 | |||||||
| Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 authorized; 128,538,418 issued and 128,539,418 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and [_______] issued and [_______] outstanding as adjusted (2) | 128,539 | |||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 17,578,288 | |||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (15,693,399 | ) | ||||||
| Total Stockholders’ Equity | $ | 1,928,949 | ||||||
| (1) | On an actual basis as of September 30, 2020. |
| (2) | On an as adjusted basis to give effect to the our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of the Units that we are offering at an public offering price of $[_____] per Unit after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of $[_______] for payment of principal and interest on [__________]. Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of any of the warrants included in the Units or Representative’s warrants issued pursuant to this offering. |
A 50% increase (decrease) in the public offering price of $[____] per Unit would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $[_____] million, assuming that the number of Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of any of the warrants included in the Units or Representative’s warrants issued pursuant to this offering.
The above discussion and table are based on 128,539,418 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, [_______] as adjusted, and actual numbers do not give effect to our planned reverse stock split. The discussion and table do not include, as of that date:
| ● | [_________] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted for the reverse stock split at [ ] ratio issuable upon exercise of warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $[____] per share or $[____] per share as adjusted; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares of our common stock as adjusted for the reverse stock split at [ ] ratio issuable upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted, of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $[___] per share or $[____] per share as adjusted; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted, of our common stock that are reserved for equity awards that may be granted under our existing equity incentive plans; | |
|
●
|
[_______] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted, of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible Series A Preferred Stock; and
| |
| ● | [ ] shares of our common stock which may be issued in connection with the Merger. |
33
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
The offering price of the Units has been negotiated between the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the units were:
| ● | our history and our prospects; |
| ● | the industry in which we operate; |
| ● | our past and present operating results; |
| ● | the previous experience of our executive officers; and |
| ● | the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering. |
The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the Units sold in this offering, or the shares of common stock or warrants included in such Units. The values of such securities are subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.
Our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB under the trading symbol “DTST.” Quotations on the OTCQB reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down commission, and may not represent actual transactions. On February 11, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $0.755 per share.
Holders
As of February 11, 2021, we had approximately 40 shareholders of record of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of our common stock, cash dividends at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, which dividends have been accrued by us and remain outstanding. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend upon a number of factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board deems relevant.
34
If you invest in our Units in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock that is part of the Unit and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.
Our net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $[_____] per share of common stock.
As adjusted net tangible book value is our net tangible book value after taking into account the effect of the sale of Units in this offering, and not giving effect to any shares to be issued in the Merger, at the public offering price of $[____] per Unit and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 would have been approximately $[_______], or $[_______] per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $[_______] per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $[_______] per share to new investors participating in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the public offering price per Unit paid by new investors.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
| Public offering price per share (attributing no value to the warrants) | $ | |||
| Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020 | $ | |||
| Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering | $ | |||
| As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering | $ | |||
| Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors | $ |
A 50% increase (decrease) in the public offering price of $[____] per Unit would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $[_______] ($[_______]), and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $[_____] ($[____]), assuming the number of Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes as of September 30, 2020, on an as-adjusted basis and giving effect to the sale of all Units offered to the investors in this offering, as described above, the number of shares of common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by investors purchasing Units in this offering at a public offering price of $[__] per Unit, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | Per Share | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing stockholders | 128,539,418 | [___] | % | $ | [___] | [___] | % | $ | [___] | |||||||||||
| New investors | [___] | [___] | % | [___] | [___] | % | [___] | |||||||||||||
| Total | [___] | 100.0 | % | $ | [___] | 100.0 | % | $ | [___] | |||||||||||
The information above assumes that the Representative does not exercise its over-allotment option. If the Representative exercises its over-allotment option in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $[____] per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $[____] per share and an immediate dilution of $[_____] per share to new investors.
The foregoing discussion and table do not take into account further dilution to new investors that could occur upon the exercise or conversion of outstanding warrants, options, and Series A Preferred Stock having a per share exercise or conversion price less than the per share offering price to the public in this offering.
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
The above discussion and table are based on 128,539,418 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 not giving effect to our planned reverse stock split, [_______] as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a [ ] ratio. The discussion and table do not include, as of that date:
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares of our common stock as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a [ ] ratio issuable upon exercise of warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $[_____] per share or $[_____] per share as adjusted for the reverse stock split at an assumed [ ] ratio; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares of our common stock as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a [ ] ratio issuable upon conversion of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a [ ] ratio, of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $[_____] per share or $[____] per share as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a [ ] ratio; | |
| ● | [_______] shares, [_______] shares as adjusted for the reverse stock split at a[ ] ratio, of our common stock that are reserved for equity awards that may be granted under our existing equity incentive plans; and | |
| ● | [ ] shares of our common stock which may be issued in connection with the Merger. |
35
Overview
The Company is a 25-year veteran in Business Continuity services, providing Disaster Recovery as a Service (“DRaaS”), Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”), Cyber Security as a Service (“CSaaS”) and Data Analytics as a Service. We provide our clients subscription based, long term agreements for Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions, Infrastructure as a Service products, telecommunications solutions, and high processing on site computing power and software solutions. While a significant portion of our revenue has been subscription based, we also generate revenue from the sale of equipment and software for cybersecurity, data storage, IBM Power systems equipment and managed service solutions.
Headquartered in Melville, NY, the Company provides solutions and services to a broad range of customers in several industries, including healthcare, banking and finance, distribution services, manufacturing, construction, education, and government. The Company maintains an internal business development team as well as a contracted independent distribution channel. DSC’s contracted distributors have the ability to provide disaster recovery and hybrid cloud solutions and IBM and Intel Infrastructure as a Service cloud-based solutions, without having to invest in infrastructure, data centers or telecommunication services or, in specialized technical staff, which substantially lowers the barrier of entry for the distributor to provide our solutions to their client base.
During the first nine months of 2020, we added new distributors, hired additional management focused on building our sales and marketing distribution, and expanded our technology assets in Dallas, TX. We also recently expanded our offering of cybersecurity solutions for remote tele-computing with ezSecurity™, a new 2020 product.
Our target marketplace for Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service globally is estimated at over a million Virtual IBM Power servers in finance, retail, healthcare, government, and distribution according to the most recent information received from IBM. While Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions are our core products, the Company also continues to provide ancillary solutions in this market.
For the past two decades, the Company’s mission has been to protect our clients’ data twenty-four hours a day, ensuring business continuity, and assisting in their compliance requirements, while providing better management and control over the clients’ digital information.
Our October 2016 acquisition of the assets of ABC Services, Inc. and ABC Services II, Inc. (collectively, “ABC”), including the remaining 50% of the assets of Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC, accelerated our strategy into cloud based managed services, expanded cybersecurity solutions and our hybrid cloud solutions with the ability to provide equipment and expanded technical support. We intend to continue our strategy of growth through synergistic acquisitions.
Our offices in New York include a technology center and lab, which are adapted to meet technology needs of the Company’s clients. In addition to office staffing, the Company employs additional remote staff. DSC maintains its infrastructure, storage and networking equipment required to provide our subscription solutions in four geographically diverse data centers located in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina.
Our Continuing Strategy
DSC derives its revenues from long-term subscriptions, and professional services contracts related to the implementation of solutions that provide protection of mission critical data and equipment. In 2009, DSC’s revenues consisted primarily of data vaulting, de-duplication, continuous data protection and cloud disaster recovery solutions, and protecting information for our clients.
In 2010, we expanded our solutions based on the asset acquisition of SafeData, a provider of disaster recovery and business continuity for the powerful IBM servers, Power i AS400 / AIX. The Safe Data acquisition provided the ability to provide a solution to a specialized IBM community with limited competition, a higher average revenue per client and a global marketplace.
In August 2012, DSC entered into a Joint Venture Partnership with an IBM partner, ABC Solutions (“ABC”) to provide an IBM Infrastructure as a service (IaaS) offering, marketed under the name SIAS, a New York LLC. In October 2016, DSC purchased the assets of ABC, which included the remaining 50% of the assets of Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC, launching the Company into managed services, Cyber Security, Equipment and Software.
Building on the requirement of our clients for access to cloud services, and with the growing requirement of Voice over Internet Protocol (“VOIP”), on October 19, 2017, the Company formed a new division, Nexxis, to provide VOIP and carrier services.
36
Our Differentiation
Focus on delivering strategic outcomes: Clients see value with our focus on solving strategic business problems. Our services are intended to allow clients to maintain business operations in a time of disaster, scale to meet their demands and focus on growing their business.
Services that support multicloud: Clients are able to run applications or Disaster Recovery as a Service services requiring IBM Power systems in the Data Storage Cloud with seamless connectivity to other cloud partners and providers for their specialized services providing a true multicloud experience.
Service expertise: The expertise and commitment to client support from our support and service experts in IBM Power Systems, Storage, Networking, Backup and Recovery, High Availability System replication and Business Continuity. This allows us to maintain a competitive advantage in our industry.
Close client relationships: Beginning early on, we work with our clients identifying and solving critical business problems. We carry that through with careful planning and management of the migration and configuration process, continuing the relationship and advising our clients long after the services have been implemented. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company had a Value-Added Reseller with multiple clients accounting for 10% of revenue.
Partner relationships: We increase revenue and drive growth for our partners by developing and managing collaborative solutions as well as joint marketing initiatives. We have a diverse community of partners, ranging from IBM Business Partners, Software Vendors, application support providers, consultants, and other cloud providers.
Our Growth Strategies
In order to continue to drive growth and capture our large market opportunity, key elements of our growth strategies include:
| ● | Core offerings and service expertise. We have developed several service offerings that solve a wide spectrum of critical business problems. Services including, Disaster Recovery, Infrastructure as a Service, Managed Cyber Security, Managed System Services and Monitoring and Migration Services for Microsoft Windows, Linux, IBM I, and AIX environments with a specialization on IBM i and AIX on Power Systems. |
| ● |
Marketing Strategies:
Ö Build out and support a robust partner channel; Ö Effectuate standardized, repeatable offerings; Ö Conduct inbound marketing through search engine optimization (“SEO”), white papers, blogs, case studies; and Ö Focus on client experience, client retention and referrals. |
Drive sales execution: We plan to continue executing on several sales initiatives that are designed to drive continued growth in our business.
Expand geographic reach: We believe there is significant need for our solutions on a global basis and, accordingly, opportunity for us to grow our business through international expansion as these markets increase their use of multicloud solutions.
Leverage and expand our partner ecosystem: We benefit from close relationships with our cloud partners, allowing us to provide comprehensive services to our customers, and providing us with a source of new business opportunities and inputs for future product roadmaps.
Pursue strategic acquisitions: We intend to continue to explore potential transactions that could enhance our capabilities, increase the scope of our technology footprint or expand our geographic reach.
37
Opportunity and the Industry
We believe businesses are increasingly under pressure to improve the proficiency of their information and storage systems accelerating the migration from self-managed IT solutions to fully managed multicloud technologies in order to reduce cost and compete effectively. These trends create an opportunity for cloud technology service providers. DSC’s market opportunity is derived from the demand for fully managed cloud services across all major operating systems. According to the Gartner Forecast: IT Services, Worldwide, 2018-2024, 2Q20 Update, the managed services and cloud infrastructure services market worldwide is estimated to be $410 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow 7% annually to $502 billion in 2023.
Cloud Services with on-demand availability of computer storage and network resources have revolutionized how companies manage their information technology systems and applications, providing businesses with greater flexibility and lower costs. Over the past several years, businesses have increasingly adopted cloud solutions to drive cost, scale, reliability benefits, increasingly turning to the use of more than one cloud solution at a time (which is referred to as multicloud) to enhance performance, ensure redundancy and resilience and provide for increased security, compliance and governance.
We believe that both modern and legacy technologies require specialized expertise. Many companies lack the in-house resources to navigate the complexity of all this technology or manage multiple cloud instances. We believe this creates an opportunity for a cloud services provider that enables businesses to fully embrace the power of multicloud technologies and, together, deliver incredible customer experiences.
Our Mission: To migrate clients to Infrastructure as a Service, to update clients’ Disaster Recovery as a Service and cyber security, and to provide them data analytics. We also aim to assist our clients in the migration and continued day to day management, and in leveraging multicloud information technology, while meeting expectations for cyber security support, price and value.
Our Core Services:
We providing an array of multicloud information technology solutions in highly secure, enterprise level cloud services for companies using IBM Power systems, Microsoft Windows and Linux. Specifically, our support services cover:
| ● | Infrastructure as a Service |
| ● | Disaster Recovery as a Service |
| ● | Cyber Security as a Service |
| ● | Data Analytics as a Service |
Solutions and Services
Disaster Recovery Solutions:
We offer a variety of data protection and disaster recovery solutions services designed to meet our clients’ requirements and budgets.
Data Backup and Data Vaulting:
Our ezVault™ business-to-business data backup and date vaulting solution consists of high-speed cloud enterprise storage, de-duplication, and compression, backup and restore services which automatically scale in size with data growth. Our ezVault solution is typically accompanied by a service level agreement (“SLA”), such as our ezRecovery™ Disaster Recovery as a Service solution.
38
Standby Server Services:
Our ezRecovery™ (Disaster Recovery as a Service) solution offers organizations that require a faster recovery timeframe data vaults combined with our standby server computing, storage, and network infrastructure resources to help ensure a faster recovery time.
High Availability Services:
Our ezAvailability™ solution offers reliable, high availability and business continuity for mission critical applications with Recovery Time Objective under fifteen minutes and near zero Recovery Point Objective, with optional, fully managed real-time replication services. Our ezAvailability service consists of a full-time enterprise system, storage, and network resources, allowing quick and easily switched production workloads to our cloud when needed. Our ezAvailability services are backed by a SLA to help assure performance, availability, and access.
Data Mirroring Services:
Our ezMirror™ solution provides replication services that mirror the clients’ storage systems, and allows for recovery in our cloud.
I-a-a-S – Full Cloud Infrastructure Production Systems:
Our ezHost™ solution offers full cloud-based production systems from our data center facilities and a selection of disaster recovery solutions to meet the client’s expectations on their compute power and recovery timeframes. ezHost provides full-time, scalable compute, storage, and network infrastructure resources to run clients’ workloads on our enterprise class infrastructure. ezHost replaces the cost of support, maintenance, system administration, space, power and cooling of the typical hardware on-premises systems with a predictable monthly expense. Our ezHost services are backed by a service-level agreement (“SLA”) governing performance, availability, and access.
Cybersecurity Solutions:
Our ezSecurity™ solution offers a suite of comprehensive cybersecurity products that can be utilized on systems at the client’s location or on systems hosted in the DSC cloud. These offerings include fully managed endpoint security with active threat mitigation, system security assessments, risk analysis and applications to ensure continuous security and auditing for IBM systems.
Voice & Data Solutions:
Nexxis, our voice and data division, offers VoIP and data services over fiber optic networks to help keep businesses fully connected from any location. Nexxis provides, among other things, top of the line Polycom VVX color phone systems and the performance of download speeds of up to 40 GB.
Corporate History
On October 20, 2008, DSC consummated a share exchange transaction with Data Storage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and DSC subsequently changed its name from Euro Trend Inc. to Data Storage Corporation.
DSC acquired the assets of SafeData, LLC in June 2010, and the assets of Message Logic LLC, (“Message Logic”) in October 2012.
In August 2012, DSC entered into a Joint Venture Partnership with an IBM partner, ABC Solutions to provide an IBM Infrastructure as a service (IaaS) offering, marketed under the name SIAS, a New York LLC.
In December 2012, DSC was accepted as an IBM Service provider for cloud solutions.
In October 2016, DSC purchased the assets of ABC which included the remaining 50% of the Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC venture.
The result of these acquisitions and strategic alliances, combined with DSC’s legacy disaster recovery and business continuity solutions, positions DSC as a potential leader in business to business disaster recovery as a service, infrastructure as a service on the IBM Power servers, email compliance with software as a service (“SaaS”). DSC will continue to provide our solutions and our planned industry consolidations.
39
Competitive Landscape
The markets for the Company’s products and services are competitive and the Company is confronted by competition. Competitors in the United States include Mainline Information Systems, Inc., SourceData Products, Inc., Computer Configuration Services, and ABC Consulting. These markets are characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances. The Company’s financial condition and operating results can be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide downward pressures on gross margins. Principal competitive factors important to the Company include price, product features, relative price and performance, product quality and reliability, a strong third-party software, marketing and distribution capability, service and support and corporate reputation.
The Company is focused on expanding its market opportunities globally related to disaster recovery and infrastructure as a service and platform as a service, primarily focused on the IBM community. These markets are highly competitive and include several large, well-funded and experienced participants.
The Company’s future financial condition and operating results depend on the Company’s ability to continue to provide a high-quality solution as well as increase distribution of the solutions in each of the markets in which it competes.
Recent Developments
Flagship Solutions, LLC
On February 4, 2021, we entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with Data Storage FL, LLC, a Florida limited liability company and our wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger Sub”), Flagship Solutions, LLC (“Flagship”), a Florida limited liability company, and the owners (collectively, the “Equityholders”) of all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests in Flagship (collectively, the “Equity Interests”), pursuant to which, upon the Closing (as defined below), we will acquire Flagship through the merger of Merger Sub with and into Flagship (the “Merger”), with Flagship being the surviving company in the Merger and becoming as a result our wholly-owned subsidiary. The closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) is to take place on or before May 31, 2021 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
Pursuant to the Merger, all of the Equity Interests that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the filing of the Articles of Merger by Flagship and Merger Sub with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida, will be converted into the right to receive an aggregate amount equal to up to $10,500,000, consisting of $5,550,000, payable in cash, subject to reduction by the amount of any excluded liabilities assumed by us at Closing and subject to adjustment as set forth below in connection with a net working capital adjustment, and up to $4,950,000, payable in shares of our common stock, subject to reduction by the amount by which the valuation of Flagship (the “Flagship Valuation”), as calculated based on Flagship’s unaudited pro forma 2018 financial statements and audited 2019 and 2020 financial statements (the “2020 Audit”), is less than $10,500,000. In the event that the Flagship Valuation, as calculated based on the 2020 Audit, is less than $10,500,000, then, within fifteen (15) days after completion of the audit of Flagship’s financial statements for its 2019, 2020 and 2021 fiscal years (the “2021 Audit”), we have agreed to pay the Equityholders the amount by which the Flagship Valuation, as calculated based on the 2021 Audit, exceeds the sum of $5,550,000 and the value of the merger consideration paid in shares of our common stock by us to the Equityholders at Closing. In addition, the cash merger consideration paid by us to the Equityholders at Closing shall be adjusted, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the amount by which Flagship’s estimated net working capital at Closing is more or is less than the target working capital amount specified in the Merger Agreement.
The parties have agreed to indemnify each other for any losses that may be incurred by them as a result of their breach of any of their representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Merger Agreement. Our indemnification obligations are capped at 20% of the aggregate merger consideration paid to the Equityholders for any breach of our representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement, other than the representations and warranties set forth under Section 4.1 (Existence; Good Standing; Authority; Enforceability), Section 4.2 (No Conflict) and Section 4.4 (Brokers) (herein, “Fundamental Representations”). Our indemnification obligations in respect of any breach by us of the Fundamental Representations or in the event of our willful or intentional breach of the Merger Agreement (or acts of fraud), are not capped.
Concurrently with the Closing, Flagship and Mark Wyllie, Flagship’s Chief Executive Officer, will enter into an Employment Agreement (the “Wyllie Employment Agreement”), which will become effective upon consummation of the Closing, pursuant to which Mr. Wyllie will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Flagship following the Closing on the terms and conditions set forth therein. Flagship’s obligations under the Wyllie Employment Agreement will also be guaranteed by us. The Wyllie Employment Agreement will contain customary salary, bonus, employee benefits, severance and restrictive covenant provisions. In addition, pursuant to the Wyllie Employment Agreement, Mr. Wyllie will be appointed to serve as a member of the Board during the term of his employment thereunder.
In the event the Closing is not consummated by the Outside Closing Date due to (i) our inability to obtain sufficient financing in order to consummate the Merger, or (ii) our shares of common stock not being listed on Nasdaq, the Merger Agreement may be terminated by Flagship and the Equityholders (a “Flagship Termination”). In the event of a Flagship Termination, we will be required to pay Flagship and the Equityholders an amount equal to two (2) times their reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket attorneys’ and accountants’ transaction fees and expenses incurred prior to such Flagship Termination in connection with the Merger, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100,000.
The foregoing information is a summary of each of the agreements involved in the transactions described above, is not complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of those agreements, each of which is attached an exhibit to this prospectus. Readers should review those agreements for a complete understanding of the terms and conditions associated with this transaction.
In the event the Closing is consummated on or before the Outside Closing Date, the shares of common stock to be issued as part of the Merger will be issued pursuant to exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D of the 1933 Securities Act, as amended.
40
COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported in Wuhan, China. The World Health Organization determined that the outbreak constituted a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and declared a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is disrupting businesses and affecting production and sales across a range of industries, as well as causing volatility in the financial markets. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customer demand, sales and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including, among other things, the duration and spread of the outbreak and the impact on our customers and employees, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. See “Risk Factors” for information regarding certain risks associated with the pandemic.
The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated cloud transformation efforts for new and existing customers and underscored the importance and mission-critical nature of multicloud strategies. Over the last several months, customers have increasingly turned to cloud solutions to pivot to new business models, improved their disaster recovery of mission critical data, migrated to cloud based solutions and reduced their capital expenditure requirements.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented a number of initiatives to ensure the safety of our employees. Since March 9, 2020, over 90% of our employees work remotely. All of our employees have had the ability to work remotely utilizing solutions the Company provides to their clients and distribution channels. Additionally, our remote, technology-enabled model has enabled minimal disruption to our go-to-market efforts and service delivery organizations.
The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are rapidly evolving, and the full impact and duration of the virus are unknown. Currently, the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a significant impact on our operations or financial performance; however, the ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and its impact on our customers, vendors and employees and its impact on our sales cycles as well as industry events, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted.
On April 30, 2020, the Company was granted a loan from a banking institution, in the principal amount of $481,977 (the “Loan”), pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), which was enacted on March 27, 2020. The Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated April 30, 2020, matures on April 30, 2022 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% per annum, payable monthly to Signature Bank, as lender, commencing on November 5, 2020. Funds from the loan may only be used to retain workers and maintain payroll or make mortgage payments, lease payments and utility payments. Management intends to use the entire Loan amount for qualifying expenses. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the Loan may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company intends to apply for forgiveness for the full amount.
The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain COVID-19. See also “Risk Factors” for more information.
Government Regulation
We are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws with respect to our receipt, storage and processing of personal information and other customer data. For additional detail, please see “Risk Factors” on page 8.
Employees
As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has approximately 26 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees.
Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, all employees, including our specialized technical staff, are working from home or in a virtual environment. The primary mailing address for the Company is 48 South Service Road, Melville, NY 11747. Our telephone number is (212) 564-4922.
41
PENDING MERGER OF DATA STORAGE WITH FLAGSHIP SOLUTIONS, LLC
Overview
As noted above, on February 4, 2021, we entered into the Merger Agreement providing for the Merger. Flagship provides IBM solutions, managed services, and cloud solutions worldwide. Flagship’s solutions and services include data center strategic planning and hybrid cloud implementations based on a wide range of assessments that look at virtualization, server consolidation, security, and infrastructure-focused integration. Flagship’s managed services include cloud-based server monitoring and management, 24×7 helpdesk support, and data center infrastructure management.
Recognition
Flagship has received industry recognition since its inception. In 2011, Flagship was selected as a finalist in two of IBM’s Annual Awards, the Beacon Awards (the highest award for IBM Business Partners) and the Services Excellence award. In addition, Flagship was certified for three of the six software “pillars” representing IBM’s software offerings. The path to certification requires Flagship’s employees to learn and pass a series of sales and technical tests relevant to the specific product. In 2012, Flagship was selected as a Beacon Award Winner in the Smarter Computing Cloud Builder category. In addition, Flagship won a Tivoli Award in 2012 in the Business Partner Innovation category. These awards were awarded for Flagship’s efforts in developing the “Smarter Stadium” under the IBM Smarter Planet umbrella. Flagship developed an intelligent operations center (“IOC”) in North America and implemented an IOC in a U.S. professional sports stadium anywhere in the world. Listed below are some other award highlights.
2012 – IBM Impact Award – Smarter Decision Management
2012 – Florida Governor’s Innovation and Entrepreneurship Award
2013 – Mark Wyllie, CEO – Finalist Entrepreneur of the Year, Miami Chamber of Commerce
2013 – Finalist/Winner – Florida Top Companies to Watch
2014 – Beacon Award for Outstanding Community Impact (First ever presented by IBM)
2015 – Beacon Award Finalist - Outstanding Cloud solution hosted on IBM SoftLayer
2017 – Beacon Award Finalist – Outstanding Storage Systems Solution
2018 – Beacon Award Winner – Outstanding Technology Support Services Solution
Flagship’s Primary Types of Reoccurring Services
Managed Services Provider (“MSP”)
Flagship delivers its MSP services, including network, application, infrastructure and security, through ongoing and regular support and active administration on its customers’ premises, in their data center (i.e., hosting), or in a third-party data center. Unlike a pure-play MSP, which focus on one vendor or technology, usually their own core offerings, Flagship offers MSP services from different vendors and technologies. The term MSP traditionally was applied to infrastructure or device-centric types of services but has since expanded to include any continuous, regular management, maintenance and support services.
Managed Security Services Provider (“MSSP”)
Flagship provides MSSP services through outsourced monitoring and management of security devices and systems. Common services include managed firewall, intrusion detection, virtual private network, vulnerability scanning and anti-viral services. MSSPs use high-availability security operation centers (either from their own facilities or from other data center providers) to provide 24/7 services designed to reduce the number of operational security personnel an enterprise needs to hire, train and retain to maintain an acceptable security posture.
Managed Software as a Service (“MSaaS”)
MSaaS service providers bridge the gap between off-the-shelf SaaS applications and fully customized software applications. SaaS applications offer a standard software solution for about 80% of what a business requires. MSaaS service providers configure third party off-the-shelf SaaS applications or their software with new features to provide all of what a customer needs. MSaaS service providers offer the flexibility and cost-efficiency of SaaS, while offering the level of configurability needed to address specific needs. MSaaS customers typically own a license to the software and their subscription covers ongoing support, upgrades and training to help them get the most out of the application.
Flagship’s website address is: https://www.flagshipsg.com/ . We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, or the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part, the information included on or linked from Flagship’s website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus or the registration statement.
PROPERTIES
Our principal offices are located at 48 South Service Road, Suite 203, Melville, NY 11747. We also lease data centers in New York, Massachusetts and North Carolina and Texas. Our corporate telephone number is (212) 564-4922. We believe our current offices and facilities are adequate for the near future.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting DSC, its common stock, any of its subsidiaries or of DSC’s or DSC’s subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.
42
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to “us,” “we,” “our,” and similar terms refer to Data Storage Corporation, a Nevada corporation, and its subsidiaries. This discussion includes forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the federal securities laws, based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors. Words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements.
We caution you that these statements are not guarantees of future performance or events and are subject to a number of uncertainties, risks and other influences, many of which are beyond our control, which may influence the accuracy of the statements and the projections upon which the statements are based. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Any one or more of these uncertainties, risks and other influences could materially affect our results of operations and whether forward-looking statements made by us ultimately prove to be accurate. Our actual results, performance and achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether from new information, future events or otherwise.
Company Overview
The Company is a 25-year veteran in Business Continuity services, providing Disaster Recovery as a Service (“DRaaS”), Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”), Cyber Security as a Service (“CSaaS”) and Data Analytics as a Service. We provide our clients subscription based, long term agreements for Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions, Infrastructure as a Service products, telecommunications solutions, and high processing on site computing power and software solutions. While a significant portion of our revenue has been subscription based, we also generate revenue from the sale of equipment and software for cybersecurity, data storage, IBM Power systems equipment and managed service solutions.
Headquartered in Melville, NY, the Company provides solutions and services to a broad range of customers in several industries, including healthcare, banking and finance, distribution services, manufacturing, construction, education, and government. The Company maintains an internal business development team as well as a contracted independent distribution channel. DSC’s contracted distributors have the ability to provide disaster recovery and hybrid cloud solutions and IBM and Intel Infrastructure as a Service cloud-based solutions, without having to invest in infrastructure, data centers or telecommunication services or, in specialized technical staff, which substantially lowers the barrier of entry for the distributor to provide our solutions to their client base.
During the first nine months of 2020, we added new distributors, hired additional management focused on building our sales and marketing distribution, and expanded our technology assets in Dallas, TX. We also recently expanded our offering of cybersecurity solutions for remote tele-computing with ezSecurity™, a new 2020 product.
Our target marketplace for Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service globally is estimated at over a million Virtual IBM Power servers in finance, retail, healthcare, government, and distribution according to the most recent information received from IBM. While Infrastructure as a Service and Disaster Recovery as a Service solutions are our core products, the Company also continues to provide ancillary solutions in this market.
For the past two decades, the Company’s mission has been to protect our clients’ data twenty-four hours a day, ensuring business continuity, and assisting in their compliance requirements, while providing better management and control over the clients’ digital information.
Our October 2016 acquisition of the assets of ABC Services, Inc. and ABC Services II, Inc. (collectively, “ABC”), including the remaining 50% of the assets of Secure Infrastructure and Services LLC, accelerated our strategy into cloud based managed services, expanded cybersecurity solutions and our hybrid cloud solutions with the ability to provide equipment and expanded technical support. We intend to continue our strategy of growth through synergistic acquisitions.
Our offices in New York include a technology center and lab, which are adapted to meet technology needs of the Company’s clients. In addition to office staffing, the Company employs additional remote staff. DSC maintains its infrastructure, storage and networking equipment required to provide our subscription solutions in four geographically diverse data centers located in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina.
43
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Three months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to September 30, 2019
Overview. We reported net income of $41,935 and net losses of $133,288 for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Total Revenue. Total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2020, increased by $709,870. The increase is primarily attributed to increased equipment sales in 2020 and reflected in the chart below. During the third quarter of 2020, the Company recorded increased equipment sales that were delayed due to COVID-19.
| Revenue | For the Three Months | |||||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 1,437,398 | $ | 1,336,348 | $ | 101,050 | 7 | % | ||||||||
| Equipment and Software | 936,344 | 350,339 | 586,005 | 167 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed and Other Professional Services | 169,565 | 195,847 | (26,282 | ) | (13 | )% | ||||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services - Telecom | 180,225 | 131,128 | 49,097 | 37 | % | |||||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 2,723,532 | $ | 2,013,662 | $ | 709,870 | 35 | % | ||||||||
Cost of Sales. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, cost of sales was $1,621,008, an increase of $388,375 or 32% compared to $1,232,633 for the three months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is primarily attributable to additional expenses for equipment purchased for sale for our new and existing customers as well as additional costs for hardware maintenance, manufacturer support, and salaries. Additional data and VoIP cost of services are related to the Company’s Nexxis division, which increased due to additional sales in the quarter.
Operating Expenses. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, operating expenses were $1,017,863, an increase of $133,213, or 15%, as compared to $884,650 for the three months ended September 30, 2019. The net increase is reflected in the chart below and described further in the disclosure that follows.
| Operating Expenses | For the Three Months | |||||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Increase in Salaries | $ | 293,240 | $ | 181,587 | $ | 111,653 | 61 | % | ||||||||
| Increase in Officer Salaries | 203,075 | 139,408 | 63,667 | 46 | % | |||||||||||
| Decrease in Professional Fees | 31,749 | 74,231 | (42,482 | ) | (57 | )% | ||||||||||
| Increase in Advertising Expenses | 96,634 | 69,642 | 26,992 | 39 | % | |||||||||||
| Increase in Commissions Expense | 258,022 | 224,329 | 33,693 | 15 | % | |||||||||||
| Decrease in all other Expenses | 135,143 | 195,453 | (60,310 | ) | (31 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total Expenses | $ | 1,017,863 | $ | 884,650 | $ | 133,213 | 15 | % | ||||||||
Salaries. Salaries increased due to new hires during 2020, employee raises, and increased stock-based compensation from options issued to employees under the Company’s stock incentive program.
Officer Salaries. Officer salaries increased due to raises granted to senior management.
Professional Fees. Professional fees decreased primarily due to a reduction of services needed from an investment banking firm.
Advertising Expenses. Advertising expenses increased primarily due to changes in vendors and new marketing programs.
Commission Expenses. Commission expenses varies due to different contractual agreements with both the contracted distributors and employees.
All Other Expenses. Other expenses decreased primarily due to the reduction of travel and costs associated with the employees working from home due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, the expenses related to our office space in Melville, New York and insurance were reduced compared to the prior period.
Other Income (Expense). Other income for the three months ended September 30, 2020, increased $13,059 to $42,726 from $29,667 for the three months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is primarily attributed to the decrease in other income compared to the prior period.
Net Income (Loss). Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2020, was $41,935, as compared to a net loss of $133,288 for the three months ended September 30, 2019.
44
Nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to September 30, 2019
Overview. We reported net income of $184,721 and net losses of $43,707 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Total Revenue. Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, increase by $781,336. The increase is primarily attributable to the increased equipment sales as well as additional data and VoIP services that are related to the Company’s Nexxis division , and is reflected in the chart below.
| Revenue | For the Nine Months | |||||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 4,240,796 | $ | 3,960,466 | $ | 280,330 | 7 | % | ||||||||
| Equipment and Software | 1,544,786 | 1,285,297 | 259,489 | 20 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed and Other Professional Services | 557,515 | 465,231 | 92,284 | 20 | % | |||||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 484,770 | 335,537 | 149,233 | 44 | % | |||||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 6,827,867 | $ | 6,046,531 | $ | 781,336 | 13 | % | ||||||||
Cost of Sales. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, cost of sales was $3,977,546, an increase of $566,711 or 17% compared to $3,410,835 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is primarily attributable to expenses associated with the data centers for infrastructure and disaster recovery cloud services as well as additional costs related to the Company’s Nexxis division, and equipment purchases for sale.
Operating Expenses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, operating expenses were $2,882,755, an increase of $317,503, or 12%, as compared to $2,565,252 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The net increase is reflected in the chart below and described further in the disclosure that follows.
| Operating Expenses | For the Nine Months | |||||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Increase in Salaries | $ | 863,576 | $ | 534,090 | $ | 329,486 | 62 | % | ||||||||
| Increase in Officer Salaries | 619,124 | 468,250 | 150,874 | 32 | % | |||||||||||
| Decrease in Professional Fees | 115,984 | 206,673 | (90,689 | ) | (44 | )% | ||||||||||
| Increase in Advertising Expenses | 234,564 | 188,249 | 46,315 | 25 | % | |||||||||||
| Increase in Commissions Expense | 686,970 | 630,822 | 56,148 | 9 | % | |||||||||||
| Decrease in all other Expenses | 362,537 | 537,168 | (174,631 | ) | (33 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total Expenses | $ | 2,882,755 | $ | 2,565,252 | $ | 317,503 | 12 | % | ||||||||
Salaries. Salaries increased due to new hires during January through September 2020, raises granted to employees increased stock-based compensation from options issued to employees under the Company’s stock incentive program.
Officer Salaries. Officer salaries increased due to raises granted to senior management.
Professional Fees. Professional fees decreased primarily due to reduced services from investment banking and investor relations firms.
Advertising Expenses. Advertising expenses increased primarily due to additional marketing campaigns for Data Storage Corporation, which was offset by a decrease in marketing campaigns for Nexxis.
Commission Expenses. Commission expense varies due to different contractual agreements with both the contracted distributors and employees.
All Other Expenses. All other expenses decreased primarily due to the reduction of travel and costs associated with the employees working from home due to the pandemic. In addition, the expenses related to our office space in Melville, New York and insurance were reduced compared to the prior period.
Other Income (Expense). Other income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased $331,306 to $217,155 from $(114,151) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is attributed to the gain on contingent liability in the amount of $350,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Net Income (Loss). Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $184,721, as compared to a net loss of $43,707 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
45
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018
Overview
We reported net income of $29,323 and $236,671 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The decrease in net income is primarily the result of the decrease in revenues as described below.
Revenues
Revenues from operations were approximately $3.484 million and $8.887 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, reflecting a decrease of approximately $403,794 or 5%.
The reduction in equipment and software revenue in 2019 over 2018 is attributed to long term Company clients that refresh equipment based on a cycle and upgrade to new equipment. Software renewals and hardware maintenance continue to renew each year and are typically a constant revenue stream, unless the Company migrates these clients to our IaaS solution. This marketing migration program from on-premise equipment to our IBM Power IaaS has impacted the period revenue and profit, however gross profit margins were higher on IaaS services, and long-term contract value improved. Changes in Managed Services and Other categories carry higher margins and are supported by our technical staff and are labor based services. Profit margins on these Managed Services and our Other category services carry higher than our average margin. Managed Services and Other classes of solutions and services are primarily based on fulfilling client projects requirements and client help desk support. Many of our clients utilize multiple services and solutions from the Company. While equipment and software sales decreased, disaster recovery and infrastructure as a service increased by $820,977 under new long-term contracts to provide these services, increasing our Company’s contract value. The following chart details the changes in our operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
| Revenue | For the Year | |||||||||||||||
| Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 5,437,684 | $ | 4,616,707 | $ | 820,977 | 18 | % | ||||||||
| Equipment and Software | 1,784,658 | 3,221,704 | (1,437,046 | ) | (45 | )% | ||||||||||
| Managed Services | 365,767 | 603,716 | (237,949 | ) | (39 | )% | ||||||||||
| Professional Fees | 411,475 | 315,658 | 95,817 | 30 | % | |||||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 484,024 | 129,617 | 354,407 | 273 | % | |||||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 8,483,608 | $ | 8,887,402 | $ | (403,794 | ) | (5 | )% | |||||||
Cost of Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2019, cost of sales was $4,746,031, a decrease of $681,959 or 13% compared to $5,427,990 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is attributable to the decrease in equipment and software costs.
Operating Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating expenses were $3,531,053, an increase of $407,001, or 13%, as compared to $3,124,052 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The net increase is reflected in the chart below and further described in the disclosure that follows.
| Operating Expenses | For the Year | |||||||||||||||
| Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Increase in Salaries | $ | 825,647 | $ | 702,697 | $ | 122,950 | 17 | % | ||||||||
| Increase in Officer’s Salaries | 540,906 | 453,560 | 87,346 | 19 | % | |||||||||||
| Decrease in Professional Fees | 309,036 | 465,187 | (156,151 | ) | (34 | )% | ||||||||||
| Increase in Software as a Service Expense | 102,874 | 15,231 | 87,643 | 575 | % | |||||||||||
| Increase in Advertising Expenses | 259,920 | 216,784 | 43,136 | 20 | % | |||||||||||
| Increase in Commissions Expense | 890,867 | 740,803 | 150,064 | 20 | % | |||||||||||
| Increase in all Other Expenses | 601,802 | 529,790 | 72,013 | 14 | % | |||||||||||
| Total Expenses | $ | 3,531,053 | $ | 3,124,052 | $ | 407,001 | 13 | % | ||||||||
Salaries. Salaries increased primarily due to hiring a consultant as an employee within the finance department causing a decrease in professional fees from the prior year and increase in salaries in the current year.
Officer’s Salaries. Officer’s salaries increased by $87,346 based on a change to senior management compensation as approved by the Board.
SaaS Expense. SaaS expense increased by $87,643 in 2019. This is attributed to the expanding data gathering so management can make more informed decisions. Some of these services were previously done by consultants and have contributed to the deceased in professional fees.
Advertising Expenses. Advertising expenses increased primarily due to additional marketing campaigns for Nexxis.
Professional Fees. Professional fees decreased primarily due to the company hiring a consultant as an employee and relying less on consultants for accounting services.
Commissions. Commissions related to employee and outside contractor (channel partner) primarily increased due to an increase in Nexxis sales.
46
All Other Expenses. All other expenses increased primarily due to the reduction of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $60,000 in 2018.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $78,663 to $177,451 from $98,788 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is a result of the Company purchasing new equipment under operating lease agreements. This equipment is located in our data centers.
Net Income (Loss). Net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $29,323, as compared to a net income of $236,671 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) applicable for a going concern, which assumes that DSC will realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the ordinary course of business.
To the extent we are successful in growing our business both organically and through acquisition, we continue to plan our working capital and the proceeds of any financing to finance such acquisition costs. Our opinion concerning our liquidity is based on current information. If this information proves to be inaccurate, or if circumstances change, we may not be able to meet our liquidity needs, which will require a renegotiation of related party capital equipment leases and / or major shareholders, such as senior management, entering into financing or stock purchase arrangements. We have long term contracts to supply IaaS and DRaaS solutions that are invoiced to clients monthly. We believe our total contract value of our sales contracts with clients exceeds $10 million. Further, the Company continues to see an uptick in client interest, distribution channel expansion and in sales proposals. In 2020, we intend to continue to work to increase our presence in the cloud and business continuity marketplace specializing in IBM Power i and disaster recovery / business continuity marketplace utilizing our technical expertise, software and our capacity in our data centers.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, DSC’s cash increased $278,202 to $604,763 from $326,561 December 31, 2019. Net cash of $696,087 was provided by DSC’s operating activities resulting primarily from net income from operations and the following adjustments for non-cash items $754,243 for depreciation and amortization, $116,557 for stock based compensation, and $(350,000) gain on contingent liability. Net cash of $164,796 was used in investing activities resulting from payments on capital expenditures. Net cash of $253,089 was used in financing activities resulting primarily from the repayment of capital lease obligations and the line of credit, which was offset by the proceeds from the issuance of note payable. During the year ended December 31, 2019, DSC’s cash increased $97,771 to $326,561 from $228,790 December 31, 2018. Net cash of $799,666 was provided by DSC’s operating activities resulting primarily from depreciation expense of $896,697. Net cash of $661,540 was used in financing activities resulting from payments on capital lease obligations.
DSC’s working capital deficit was $2,553,236 at September 30, 2020, decreasing by $18,347 from $2,571,583 at December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to an increase in cash, accounts receivable, and prepaid expense along with a decrease of notes payable and a decrease of the line of credit. This was offset by an increase in accounts payable and dividend payable, deferred revenue, and finance lease obligations. DSC’s working capital deficit was $2,571,583 at December 31, 2019, increasing by $369,352 from $2,202,231 at December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of dividend payable, line of credit, related party financing notes and operating leases in the amount of $624,000. The increase in short term liabilities was offset by an increase in cash and accounts receivable of $258,000.
As reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had a net income (loss) available to shareholders of $96,677 and ($103,659) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As a result of the current favorable trends of improving cash flow, the Company concluded that the initial conditions which raised substantial doubt regarding the ability to continue as a going concern have been mitigated. Other than the proceeds of this offering and revenue from operations, the Company does not have any other significant sources of financing; however, the Company anticipates its current revenue from operations will be sufficient to support its operations for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future.
Share Based Compensation
DSC follows the requirements of FASB ASC 718-10-10, Share Based Payments with regards to stock-based compensation issued to employees. DSC has agreements and arrangements that call for stock to be awarded to the employees and consultants at various times as compensation and periodic bonuses. The expense for this stock-based compensation is equal to the fair value of the stock price on the day the stock was awarded multiplied by the number of shares awarded.
The valuation methodology used to determine the fair value of the options issued during the year was the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of a number of assumptions including volatility of the stock price, the average risk- free interest rate, and the weighted average expected life of the options. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on continuously compounded risk–free rates for the appropriate term. The dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid or declared any cash dividends on its common stock and does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future. The expected forfeiture rate is estimated based on management’s best estimate.
Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which DSC’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. DSC’s calculation of estimated volatility is based on historical stock prices of entities over a period equal to the expected life of the awards. DSC uses the historical volatility of peer entities due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price.
47
Critical Accounting Policies
DSC’s financial statements and related public financial information are based on the application of GAAP. GAAP requires the use of estimates; assumptions, judgments and subjective interpretations of accounting principles that have an impact on the assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense amounts reported. These estimates can also affect supplemental information contained in our external disclosures including information regarding contingencies, risk and financial condition. We believe our use of estimates and underlying accounting assumptions adhere to GAAP and are consistently applied. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We continue to monitor significant estimates made during the preparation of our financial statements.
Our significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 2 of our financial statements. While all these significant accounting policies impact our financial condition and results of operations, we view certain of these policies as critical. Policies determined to be critical are those policies that have the most significant impact on our financial statements and require management to use a greater degree of judgment and estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Our management believes that given current facts and circumstances, it is unlikely that applying any other reasonable judgments or estimate methodologies would cause effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity for the periods presented in this report.
Recently Issued and Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, ”Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In addition, this guidance requires new or expanded disclosures related to the judgments made by companies when following this framework and additional quantitative disclosures regarding contract balances and remaining performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 may be applied using either a full retrospective approach, under which all years included in the financial statements will be presented under the revised guidance, or a modified retrospective approach, under which financial statements will be prepared under the revised guidance for the year of adoption, but not for prior years. Under the latter method, entities will recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the effective date for contracts that still require performance by the entity.
ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. The Company developed an implementation plan to adopt this new guidance, which included an assessment of the impact of the new guidance on our financial position and results of operations. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and for all open contracts and related amendments as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (“ASC 842”), which supersedes FASB ASC 840, Leases and provides principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The standard is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted upon issuance. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019 and recognized operating lease liabilities of $319,236 with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining rental payments of our office locations.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory”, which eliminates the exception that prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income tax effects for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and an entity should apply the amendments of ASU 2017-04 on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
48
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260”), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), and Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). ASU 2017-11 is intended to simplify the accounting for financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. Among the issues addressed are: (i) determining whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock; (ii) distinguishing liabilities from equity for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities; and (iii) identifying mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests. ASU 2017-11 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement - Disclosure Framework (Topic 820). The updated guidance improves the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. We do not believe the updated guidance, which is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This guidance requires companies to apply the internal-use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40 to implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to determine whether to capitalize certain implementation costs or expense them as incurred. We do not believe the new guidance, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the requirements of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The objective of this ASU, along with several related ASUs issued subsequently, is to increase transparency and comparability between organizations that enter into lease agreements. For lessees, the key difference of the new standard from the previous guidance (Topic 840) is the recognition of a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet. The most significant change is the requirement to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases classified as operating leases. The standard requires disclosures to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. As part of the transition to the new standard, the Company was required to measure and recognize leases that existed at January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at the effective date. The Company has elected not to recognize a ROU asset and obligation for leases with an initial term of twelve months or less. The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the recognition of an operating ROU asset and operating lease liability of $351,699 and $356,689, respectively as of January 1, 2019.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
DSC has no off-balance sheet arrangements.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information required by paragraph (a)(5) of this Item.
49
DIRECTORS , EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of DSC’s executive officers and directors as of the February 10, 2021. Executive officers are elected annually by the Board. Each executive officer holds office until he or she resigns, is removed by the Board, or a until a successor is elected and qualified.
| Name | Age | Position | ||
| Charles M. Piluso | 64 | Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer | ||
| Harold J. Schwartz | 55 | President, and Director | ||
| Thomas C. Kempster | 53 | President of Technical Operations, and Director | ||
| Wendy Schmittzeh | 50 | Corporate Secretary and Administrative Manager | ||
| John Argen | 66 | Director | ||
| Joseph B. Hoffman | 63 | Director | ||
| Lawrence A. Maglione Jr. | 58 | Director | ||
| Matthew Grover | 52 | Director | ||
| Todd Correll | 53 | Director |
Charles M. Piluso, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Mr. Piluso is DSC’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chairman of the Board. He has served as Chief Executive Officer since 2008, Chief Financial Officer since 2014, Treasurer since 2020, and Chairman of the Board since 2008. Prior to founding DSC in 2001, Mr. Piluso founded North American Telecommunication Corporation a facilities-based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier licensed by the Public Service Commission in ten states, serving as the company’s Chairman and President from 1997 to 2000. Between 1990 and 1997, Mr. Piluso served as Chairman & Founder of International Telecommunications Corporation (“ITC”), a facilities-based international carrier licensed by the Federal Communications Commission. ITC participated in a consolidation strategy that went public in 1997 for $800 million. Mr. Piluso holds a bachelor’s degree, a Master of Arts in Political Science and Public Administration and a Masters of Business Administration all from St. John’s University. He was an Instructor Professor at St. John’s University, College of Business from 1986 through 1988. From 2001 to 2013, served on the Board of Trustees of Molloy College. Mr. Piluso served on the Board of Governors at St. John’s University from 2001 to 2016 and Governor Emeritus; and, is currently serving on the Board of Advisors for the Nassau County Police Department Foundation.
Harold J. Schwartz, President and Director
Mr. Schwartz is DSC’s President and serves as a Director. He has served as President and Director since December 2016, and served as Treasurer from 2016 to 2020. Since 1995, Mr. Schwartz has served as vice president of ABC Services, Inc., which he co-founded, where he was responsible for the strategic direction of the company, operations, business development and sales. Over the past two decades, Mr. Schwartz has honed his expertise in IBM business systems, business continuity and helping organizations increase IT performance while reducing costs. In addition, Mr. Schwartz is the founder of Systems Trading, Inc., a technology leasing company established in 1997, where Mr. Schwartz serves as the company’s CEO and president. Prior to founding these two businesses, Mr. Schwartz was with CAC Leasing for six years, where he started a lease asset sales division in 1991. This division was established shortly after Mr. Schwartz earned his bachelor’s degree in business from California State University in San Bernardino. Since 2010, Mr. Schwartz has served on the Board of Advisors for Data Storage Corporation.
Thomas C. Kempster, President of Technical Operations and Director
Mr. Kempster is DSC’s President of Technical Operations and Secretary and serves as a Director. He has served as Director since December 2016, Executive Vice President since 2020, and served as Secretary from 2016 to 2020. Prior to DCS’s acquisition of ABC in 2016, Mr. Kempster founded and developed ABC Services, Inc., a solutions provider specializing in IBM power environments since 1994. Mr. Kempster was ABC’s visionary and was responsible for developing strategic partnerships with many industry leaders such as IBM, Microsoft, and VMware to build a successful solution-driven business. ABC Services, Inc., with the help of its strategic partnerships, worked with organizations across the United States and continued to expand. Mr. Kempster began his career in 1985 as a computer technician at Systems Configuration Services (SCS) where he was trained on IBM System hardware and software operating systems. In 1989, he was hired by Diversified Data Corp. as their general manager to assist in building a Technical Division to support IBM-specific sales. Mr. Kempster spearheaded the service division into a successful and profitable entity. Mr. Kempster then joined CAC Leasing where his business development experiences further inspired his vision to form ABC Services, Inc.
We believe that Mr. Kempster is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his industry experience.
50
Wendy Schmittzeh, Corporate Secretary and Administrative Manager
Wendy Schmittzeh is a veteran management professional with over 30 years of corporate experience. From 2011 through the present, Mrs. Schmittzeh has served as Manager of Administration for the Company. While serving in her management role, Ms. Schmittzeh has been instrumental in numerous operational aspects of the Company’s business, including mergers and acquisitions transactions, accounting, corporate administration, office management, human resources, corporate office relocations, facilities management, and high-level executive support. Ms. Schmittzeh received an Associate’s Degree in in Secretarial Arts from Katharine Gibbs College in 1991. Ms. Schmittzeh currently serves as a Vestry member at St. Ann’s Episcopal Church, and has held several board positions on the Suffolk Bicycle Riders Association.
John Argen, Director
Mr. Argen has been a Director since January 12, 2006. Mr. Argen has been a Business Consultant and Developer specializing in the information technology, telecommunications and construction industries since 2003. He is a seasoned professional that brings 30 years of experience and entrepreneurial success from working with small business owners to Fortune 500 firms. From 1992 to 2003, Mr. Argen was the CEO and founder of DCC Systems, a privately held nationwide Technology Design / Build Construction Development and Consulting Solutions firm. Mr. Argen built DCC Systems from the ground up, re-engineering the firm several times to meet the needs of its clientele and enabled DCC Systems to produce gross revenues exceeding 100 million dollars in 2000. Prior to DCC Systems Mr. Argen held senior management positions for 15 years at ITT/Metromedia and was VP of Engineering& Operations at DataNet, a Wilcox & Gibbs company for 2 years. Throughout his corporate tenure, he has worked in Operations, Marketing, Systems Engineering, Telecommunications and Information Technology. Mr. Argen graduated Pace University with a BPS in Finance. His commitment to continued education is reflected in his completion to over 2000 hours of corporate sponsored courses. Mr. Argen also holds a Federal Communication Commission (FCC) Radio Telephone 1st Class License.
We believe that Mr. Argen is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his industry experience.
Joseph B. Hoffman, Director
Mr. Hoffman has been a Director since August 29,2001. Mr. Hoffman has been a partner at Kelley Drye & Warren LLP in the firm’s Washington, D.C. office since June 1999. His commercial practice focuses on real estate and corporate transactions cutting across a wide range of industries. Mr. Hoffman’s real estate practice involves developers, borrowers, lenders, buyers, sellers, landlords and tenants. Mr. Hoffman’s corporate experience includes the purchase and sale of assets and companies as well as venture capital, equipment leasing and institutional financing transactions. Mr. Hoffman represents telecommunications companies, real estate developers, lenders, venture capital funds, emerging growth companies, thoroughbred horse industry interests and high net-worth individuals. Mr. Hoffman received his Bachelors’ of Science, cum laude, from the University of Maryland and his Juris Doctor degree, with honors, from the George Washington University Law School.
We believe that Mr. Hoffman is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his industry experience.
Lawrence A. Maglione, Director
Mr. Maglione has been a Director since August 29, 2001. Mr. Maglione has been a partner in the accounting firm Eisner & Maglione CPAs, LLC since January 2007. Mr. Maglione, a co-founder of DSC, LLC, is a financial management veteran with more than 30 years of experience. Prior to joining the Company in 1991, Mr. Maglione was a co-founder of North American Telecommunications Corporation (“NATC”), a local phone service provider which provides local and long-distance telephone services and data connectivity to small and medium sized businesses, where Mr. Maglione served as NATC’s Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President from September 1997 through January 2001 where he was responsible for all finance, legal and administration functions. Prior to NATC, Mr. Maglione spent over 14 years in public accounting, and he brings a broad range of experience related to companies in the technology, retail services and manufacturing industries. Mr. Maglione holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy from Hofstra University, a Masters of Science in Taxation from LIU Post, and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Maglione is a member of the New York State Society of CPAs.
We believe that Mr. Maglione is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his accounting experience.
Todd A. Correll, Director
Mr. Correll has served as a Director form August 2014 until September 6, 2017 and then was reappointed to serve as a Director on November 5, 2019, and Mr. Correll previously served as a Director from 2014 to 2017. Mr. Correll has served as a financial and operations executive consultant and board member for SACo, a leading online retail operation. From 2001 through 2017, Mr. Correll founded and served as CEO of Broadsmart Florida, Inc. (“Broadsmart”), a facility-based VoIP carrier. Under Mr. Correll’s leadership as its CEO, Broadsmart grew from a local phone company to a nationwide carrier delivering IP based dial tone, broadband and ancillary services. Broadsmart was acquired by Magic Jack in 2016 for $42 million, and Mr. Correll continued to serve as its CEO until 2017. Mr. Correll attended Syracuse University. Mr. Correll holds a pilot’s license as well as a USCG Captains license.
We believe that Mr. Correll is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his industry and business experience.
51
Matt Grover, Director
Mr. Grover has served as a Director since November 5, 2019. Since January 2019, Mr. Grover has served as the Executive Vice President of Business Services at Altice USA (NYSE: ATUS), which is one of the largest broadband communications and video services providers in the United States, delivering broadband, pay television, mobile, proprietary content and advertising services to approximately 4.9 million residential and business customers across 21 states through its Optimum and Suddenlink brands. The company operates a4, an advanced advertising and data business, which provides audience-based, multiscreen advertising solutions to local, regional and national businesses and advertising clients. Altice USA also offers hyper-local, national, international and business news through its News 12, Cheddar and i24NEWS networks. Mr. Grover began his 19-year Altice USA career in 2001 when he joined Altice USA’s Lightpath division as Director of Sales Planning. Since then, he has held various positions with increasing responsibilities. In 2010 Mr. Grover assumed the position of Vice President and General Manager of Optimum West Commercial Services, overseeing sales and sales operations in the Rocky Mountain States of Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, and Utah, until it was sold to Charter Communications in August 2013. From 2013 to 2018, he was Senior Vice President of Commercial Sales, Product, and Marketing. And in early 2019, he was promoted to EVP of Business Services. Prior to joining Altice USA, Mr. Grover held various management positions over the course of nearly ten years, including Vice President of Sales at North American Telecom, Global Account Manager at AT&T in Los Angeles, CA, and District Sales Manager at AT&T in New York, NY. He serves as an Advisory Board Member of Data Storage Corporation and is a member of the Board of Trustees at Molloy College in Rockville Centre, NY. Mr. Grover attained his BA in Economics from Stony Brook University and earned his MBA from the University of Southern California.
We believe that Mr. Grover is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his practical experience in a broad range of competencies including his public company experience.
Composition of our Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Director Independence
With the exception of Charles M. Piluso, Harold J. Schwartz, and Thomas C. Kempster, our Board has determined that all of our present directors and our former directors are independent, in accordance with the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (the “Nasdaq Listing Rules”). Our Board has determined that, under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, Charles M. Piluso, Harold J. Schwartz, and Thomas C. Kempster are not independent directors because they are employees of the Company.
Our Board has determined that: John Argen (Chair), Joseph Hoffman, and Matthew Grover are independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules’ independence standards for the members of our Board’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”); Joseph Hoffman (Chair), Todd Correll, and Matthew Grover are independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules independence standards for the members of our Board compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”); and Larry Maglione (Chair), Joseph Hoffman and John Argen are independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules’ independence standards for the members of our Board’s governance and nominating committee (the “Governance and Nominating Committee”).
52
Term of Office
Our directors are appointed for a one-year term to hold office until the next annual general meeting of our shareholders or until removed from office in accordance with our amended bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our Board and hold office until removed by the Board.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed of three independent directors: John Argen (Chair), Joseph Hoffman, and Matthew Grover. Each member of the Audit Committee is an independent director as defined by the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. The Audit Committee has the sole authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and engage independent auditors for the Company. The Audit Committee reviews with the auditors and with the Company’s financial management all matters relating to the annual audit of the Company.
The Audit Committee monitors the integrity of our financial statements, monitors the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, monitors the performance of our internal audit function and the auditors, and monitors our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee also meets with our auditors to review the results of their audit and review of our annual and interim financial statements.
The Audit Committee meets at least on a quarterly basis to discuss with management the annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements and meets from time to time to discuss general corporate matters.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is composed of three independent directors: Joseph Hoffman (Chair), Todd Correll, and Matthew Grover. Among other things, the Compensation Committee reviews, recommends and approves salaries and other compensation of the Company’s executive officers, and administers the Company’s equity incentive plans (including reviewing, recommending and approving stock option and other equity incentive grants to executive officers).
The Compensation Committee meets in executive session to determine the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In determining the amount, form, and terms of such compensation, the Committee considers the annual performance evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer conducted by the Board in light of company goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive Officer compensation, competitive market data pertaining to Chief Executive Officer compensation at comparable companies, and such other factors as it deems relevant, and is guided by, and seeks to promote, the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
In addition, subject to existing agreements, the Compensation Committee determines the salaries, bonuses, and other matters relating to compensation of the executive officers of the Company using similar parameters. It sets performance targets for determining periodic bonuses payable to executive officers. It also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding executive and employee compensation and benefit plans and programs generally, including employee bonus and retirement plans and programs (except to the extent specifically delegated to a Board appointed committee with authority to administer a particular plan). In addition, the Compensation Committee approves the compensation of non-employee directors and reports it to the full Board.
Governance and Nominating Committee
The Governance and Nominating Committee, consists of Larry Maglione (Chair), Joseph Hoffman, and John Argen, each of whom meets the independence requirements of all other applicable laws, rules and regulations governing director independence, as determined by the Board.
The Governance and Nominating Committee identifies individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board; recommends to the Board the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected; recommends to the Board candidates to fill any vacancies on the Board; develops, recommends to the Board, and reviews the corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company; and oversees the evaluation of the Board and management.
In recommending director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, the Governance and Nominating Committee ensures the Company complies with its contractual obligations, if any, governing the nomination of directors. It considers and recruits candidates to fill positions on the Board, including as a result of the removal, resignation or retirement of any director, an increase in the size of the Board or otherwise. The Committee conducts, subject to applicable law, any and all inquiries into the background and qualifications of any candidate for the Board and such candidate’s compliance with the independence and other qualification requirements established by the Committee. The Committee also recommends candidates to fill positions on committees of the Board.
53
In selecting and recommending candidates for election to the Board or appointment to any committee of the Board, the Governance and Nominating Committee does not believe that it is appropriate to select nominees through mechanical application of specified criteria. Rather, the Governance and Nominating Committee shall consider such factors at it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the following: personal and professional integrity, ethics and values; experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company; experience in the Company’s industry; experience as a board member of another publicly-held company; diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to the Company’s business relative to other directors of the Company; practical and mature business judgment; and composition of the Board (including its size and structure).
The Governance and Nominating Committee develops and recommends to the Board a policy regarding the consideration of director candidates recommended by the Company’s stockholders and procedures for submission by stockholders of director nominee recommendations.
In appropriate circumstances, the Governance and Nominating Committee, in its discretion, will consider and may recommend the removal of a director, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation, as amended, and amended bylaws. If the Company is subject to a binding obligation that requires director removal structure inconsistent with the foregoing, then the removal of a director shall be governed by such instrument.
The Governance and Nominating Committee oversees the evaluation of the Board and management. It also develops and recommends to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company, which the Governance and Nominating Committee shall periodically review and revise as appropriate. In discharging its oversight role, the Governance and Nominating Committee is empowered to investigate any matter brought to its attention.
M&A Committee
The M&A Committee, which consists of Larry Maglione (Chair), John Argen, and Todd Correll, is required to review the business of the Company and make recommendations to the Board concerning the Company’s potential acquisition prospects.
Family Relationships
One part-time employee, reporting to our controller, is the wife of Thomas C. Kempster, our President of Technical Operations and there is no direct reporting relationship between such employee and Mr. Kempster.
Code of Ethics
DSC has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to its Directors, Officers and Employees.
Stockholder Communications to the Board
Stockholders who are interested in communicating directly with members of the Board, or the Board as a group, may do so by writing directly to the individual Board member c/o Secretary, Data Storage Corporation, 48 South Service Road, Melville, NY 11747. The Company’s Secretary will forward communications directly to the appropriate Board member. If the correspondence is not addressed to the particular member, the communication will be forwarded to a Board member to bring to the attention of the Board. The Company’s Secretary will review all communications before forwarding them to the appropriate Board member.
54
Compensation of Executive Officers
The following summary compensation table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named executive officers paid by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, in all capacities for the accounts of our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer.
| Summary Compensation Table | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name & Principal Position | Year | Salary | Bonus | Stock Awards |
Option Awards (1) |
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation |
All Other Compensation |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Charles M. Piluso, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Chairman of the Board | 2020 | $ | 100,000 | — | — | $ | — | — | — | $ | 100,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Harold Schwartz - President | 2020 | $ | 100,000 | — | — | $ | — | — | — | $ | 100,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Tom Kempster – President of Operations | 2020 | $ | 129,585 | — | — | $ | — | — | — | $ | 129,585 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amounts shown in these columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of common stock and option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Share Based Compensation” for a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of stock and option awards. |
Employment Agreements
The Company has an employment agreement in place with John Camello, President of Nexxis, a subsidiary of the Company.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
In October 2008, the Company adopted, the Euro Trend, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan). Under the 2008 Plan, we granted options (including incentive stock options) to purchase our common stock or restricted stock awards to our employees, consultants or non-employee directors. The 2008 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. Awards may be granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan for 10 years from the effective date of the 2008 Plan. Any grant under the 2008 Plan may be repriced, replaced or regranted at the discretion of the Board. From time to time, we may issue awards pursuant to the 2008 Plan.
The material terms of options granted under the 2008 Plan (all of which have been nonqualified stock options) are consistent with the terms described in the footnotes to the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End December 31, 2017” table below, including five-year graded vesting schedules and exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock grants made under the 2008 Plan were not subject to vesting requirements. The 2008 Plan was terminated with respect to the issuance of new awards as of February 3, 2012. As of December 31, 2020, there were no options outstanding under the 2008 Plan.
55
2010 Incentive Award Plan
On August 12, 2010, the Company adopted the Data Storage Corporation 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”) with 2,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the 2010 Plan. On April 23, 2012, the Company amended and restated the 2010 Plan to change the name of the 2010 Plan to the “Amended and Restated Data Storage Corporation Incentive Award Plan” (the “Plan”). On September 25, 2013, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and by unanimous written consent of the Board in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 5,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan. On June 20, 2017, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and by unanimous written consent of the Board in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 8,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan. On July 1, 2019, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and by unanimous written consent of the Board in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 10,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining exceptional employees, consultants, directors, officers and independent contractors (collectively referred to as the “Participants”) and enabling such Participants to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. Under the Plan, the Company may grant stock options, which are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards, which are restricted shares of common stock (collectively referred to as “Incentive Awards”). Incentive Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan for 10 years from the Effective Date. From time to time, we may issue Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan. Each of the awards will be evidenced by and issued under a written agreement. There are 8,305,985 options outstanding under the Plan as of December 31, 2020.
If an incentive award granted under the Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to us in connection with an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for future awards under the Plan. The number of shares subject to the Plan, and the number of shares and terms of any Incentive Award may be adjusted in the event of any change in our outstanding common stock by reason of any stock dividend, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, liquidation, business combination or exchange of shares, or similar transaction.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End December 31, 2020
| Option Awards | ||||||||||
| Name | Option Approval Date | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable(1) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (2) | Option Exercise Price ($) | Option Expiration Date | |||||
| Charles M. Piluso | ||||||||||
| (3) | 6/18/2012 | 548,780 | 0 | 0.394 | 6/17/2022 | |||||
| (3) | 6/18/2012 | 357,143 | 0 | 0.394 | 6/17/2022 | |||||
| (4) | 12/11/2012 | 33,333 | 0 | 0.150 | 12/10/2022 | |||||
| (4) | 12/13/2013 | 33,333 | 0 | 0.150 | 12/12/2023 | |||||
| (4) | 12/22/2015 | 66,666 | 0 | 0.350 | 12/21/2025 | |||||
| (4) | 12/14/2017 | 66,666 | 0 | 0.050 | 12/14/2027 | |||||
| (4) | 12/11/2019 | 33,333 | 66,667 | 0.060 | 12/10/2023 | |||||
| Harold J. Schwartz | ||||||||||
| (5) | 6/18/2012 | 2,538 | 0 | 0.394 | 6/17/2022 | |||||
| (5) | 12/11/2012 | 16,666 | 0 | 0.150 | 12/10/2022 | |||||
| (5) | 12/13/2013 | 16,666 | 0 | 0.150 | 12/12/2023 | |||||
| (4) | 12/22/2015 | 33,333 | 0 | 0.350 | 12/21/2025 | |||||
| (4) | 12/14/2017 | 66,666 | 0 | 0.050 | 12/13/2027 | |||||
| (4) | 12/11/2019 | 33,333 | 66,667 | 0.060 | 12/10/2023 | |||||
| Thomas C. Kempster | ||||||||||
| (4) | 12/14/2017 | 66,666 | 0 | |||||||
| (4) | 12/11/2019 | 33,333 | 66,667 | |||||||
| (1) | Vested options under the Plan. |
| (2) | Unvested options under the Plan. |
| (3) | On March 23, 2011 (the “Stock Grant Date”), Mr. Piluso was issued a stock grant of 571,429 shares of common stock at $0.35 per share (the “Stock Grant”). Mr. Piluso received the Stock Grant in lieu of his annual compensation for 2010. The Stock Grant was fully vested on the Stock Grant Date. The Stock Grant was issued to Mr. Piluso pursuant to the 2008 Plan. The Stock Grant was fully vested on the Stock Grant Date. On June 18, 2012, the Stock Grant issuance was rescinded and replaced with a stock option to acquire 548,780 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.39 per share. In addition, on June 18, 2012, Mr. Piluso received a stock option to acquire 357,143 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.39 per share. |
56
| (4) | The stock options were issued in consideration for services provided as a member of the Board. |
| (5) | The stock options were issued in consideration for services provided as a member of the Board of Advisors. |
Compensation of Directors
The following summary compensation table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the Company’s directors paid by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no compensation was paid to any Company director.
| Director Name | Fees earned or paid in cash | Stock awards | Option awards (1)(2) | Non-equity incentive plan |
Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings |
All other compensation | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Charles M. Piluso (3) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Harold Schwartz (4) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Tom Kempster (5) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Lawrence Maglione (6) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| John F. Coghlan (7) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| John Argen (8) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Joseph B. Hoffman (9) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Clifford Stein (10) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Matthew Grover (11) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Todd Correll (12) | — | — | $ | 0 | — | — | — | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The stock options were issued in consideration for services provided as a member of the Board. |
| (2) | The amounts shown in these columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of common stock and option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Share Based Compensation” on page 14 for a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of stock and option awards. |
| (3) | On December 11, 2019 Mr. Piluso was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.060. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Piluso holds a total of (i) 13,625,634 shares of common stock held individually, (ii) 3,269,863 shares of common stock held by Piluso Family Associates, (iii) 9,204,614 shares of common stock held by The Bella Vita 2012 Trusts, (iv) 9,204,614 shares of common stock held by The Lasata 2012 Trusts, (v) stock options to acquire 1,105,921 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.060 to $0.39, and (vi) a common stock purchase warrant exercisable to acquire 66,667 shares of common stock exercisable at $0.01. Mr. Piluso is the co-manager and has shared voting control over the shares of common stock of the Company held by Piluso Family Associates, LLC. Mr. Piluso and his wife are the trustees of the trusts. |
| (4) | On December 11, 2019 Mr. Schwartz was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.060. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Schwartz holds a total of (i) 32,334,968 shares of common stock, (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock held by Systems Trading, Inc. and (iii) stock options to acquire 235,869 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.60 to $0.39. Mr. Schwartz is the owner of and has voting control over the shares of common stock of the Company held by Systems Trading, Inc. |
| (5) | On December 11, 2019 Mr. Kempster was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.060. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Kempster holds a total of (i) 31,934,968 shares of common stock and (ii) stock options to acquire 166,666 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.050 to $0.060. |
| (6) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Maglione was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Maglione holds a total of (i) 33,172 shares of common stock and (ii) stock options to acquire 299,998 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.050 to $0.35. |
57
| (7) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Coghlan was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. Mr. Coghlan resigned as a Director on November 24, 2020. |
| (8) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Argen was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Argen holds stock options to acquire 299,998 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.35. |
| (9) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Hoffman was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Hoffman holds stock options to acquire 299,998 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.35. |
| (10) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Stein was issued a stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 33,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 33,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 33,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. Mr. Stein resigned as a Director on November 24, 2020. |
| (11) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Grover was issued a stock option to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 8,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 8,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 8,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Grover holds stock options to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. |
| (12) | On December 11, 2019, Mr. Correll was issued a stock option to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. 8,333 of the options vested on December 11, 2020; 8,333 of the options will vest on December 11, 2021 and the remaining 8,334 will vest on December 11, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Correll holds a total of (i) 25,000 shares of common stock and (ii) stock options to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.054. |
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The Company has two share-based equity compensation plans, the 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan. Descriptions of these plans are presented above.
As of the December 31, 2020, we had the following securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans:
| Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants | Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a) | ||||||||||
| Plan Category | (a) | (b) | (c) | |||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 8,305,985 | (1) | $ | 0.17 | 1,694,015 | |||||||
| Total | 8,305,985 | $ | 0.17 | 1,694,015 | ||||||||
| (1) | As of the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 8,425,824 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan. As of end of fiscal year 2020, there were warrants outstanding to purchase 133,334 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.001, none of which were granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan or the 2010 Plan. |
58
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table sets forth certain information, as of February 10, 2021, with respect to the beneficial ownership of the outstanding common stock by (i) any holder of more than five (5%) percent of our common stock and Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) each of the Company’s named executive officers and directors; and (iii) the Company’s directors and executive officers as a group. This table does not give effect to any shares of our common stock to be issued in the Merger. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned. The address for each person is 48 South Service Road, Melville, New York 11747.
| Name of Beneficial Owner | Number of Common Shares Before Offering | Percent of Class Before Offering(1) | Number of Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Before Offering(2) | Percent of Series A Preferred Stock Owned Before Offering(2) | Total Voting Power Before Offering(3) | Number of Common Shares Before Offering | Percent of Class After Offering (1) |
Number of Shares of Series A Preferred Stock After Offering(2) | Percent of Series A Preferred
Stock Owned After Offering (2) |
Total Voting Power After Offering(3) | |||||||||||||||||
| Charles M. Piluso (4) (15) | 35,944,775 | 27.70 | % | 27.70 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Harold J. Schwartz (5) (15) | 32,809,726 | 25.49 | % | 25.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Thomas C. Kempster (9) (15) (10) | 32,040,523 | 24.90 | % | 24.90 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Lawrence Maglione, Jr. (6) (15) | 272,059 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| John Argen (7) (15) | 238,887 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Joseph Hoffman (8) (15) | 238,887 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Matthew Grover (11) (15) | 9,722 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Todd Correll (12) (15) | 34,722 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cliff Stein (13) | 10,917,300 | 8.48 | % | 8.48 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Wendy Schmittzeh (14) (15) | 326,298 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Jan Burman (16) | 1,401,786 | 100% | 1.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| All Executive Officers and Directors as a group | 101,553,187 | 78.07 | % | 78.07 |
| * | Less than 1% |
| (1) | Based on 128,539,418 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of a security if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such security or the power to dispose or direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of December 31, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated by footnote, the named entities or individuals have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned. |
| (2) | Based on 1,401,786 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock converts to one shares of common stock and votes together with the common stock. |
| (3) | Total Voting Power as of December 31, 2020 is 129,941,204 shares. Percent of Total Voting Power for each beneficial owner is derived by dividing the sum of the common stock votes and number of votes that Series A Preferred Stock such holder has to cast by the Total Voting Power. |
| (4) | Includes (i) 13,625,634 shares of common stock held individually, (ii) 3,269,863 shares of common stock held by Piluso Family Associates, (iii) 9,204,614 shares of common stock held by The Bella Vita 2012 Trusts, (iv) 9,204,614 shares of common stock held by The Lasata 2012 Trusts, (v) stock options to acquire 1,144,810 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.060 to $0.39, and (vi) a common stock purchase warrant exercisable to acquire 66,667 shares of common stock exercisable at $0.01. Mr. Piluso is the co-manager and has shared voting control over the shares of common stock of the Company held by Piluso Family Associates, LLC. Mr. Piluso and his wife are the trustees of the trusts. |
| (5) | Includes (i) 32,334,968 shares of common stock, (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock held by Systems Trading, Inc., and (iii) 174,752 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options at exercise prices ranging from $0.060 to $0.39. Mr. Schwartz is the owner of and has voting control over the shares of common stock of the Company held by Systems Trading, Inc. |
59
| (6) | Includes (i) 33,172 shares of common stock held individually and (ii) options to acquire 238,887 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.35 per share. |
| (7) | Includes options to acquire 238,887 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.35 per share. |
| (8) | Includes options to acquire 238,887 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.35 per share. |
| (9) | Includes (i) 31,934,968 shares of common stock and (ii) 105,555 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options at exercise prices ranging from $0.050 to $0.060 per share. |
| (10) | Mr. Kempster made open market sales of an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock between January and February 2019. |
| (11) | Includes options to acquire 9,722 shares of common stock exercisable at $0.054. |
|
(12)
(13)
(14) |
Includes (i) 25,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 9,722 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable at $0.054.
Includes (i) 10,717,301 shares of common stock and (ii) 199,998 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options at exercise prices ranging from $0.050 to $0.35.
Includes options to acquire 326,298 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.39.
|
| (15) | Officer and/or director of the Company. |
| (16) | Includes 1,401,786 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held individually. |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at the end of the last two recent fiscal years and in which any of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”
On April 1, 2018, we entered into a lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. (“Systems Trading”) to refinance all leases into one lease. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with bi-monthly installments of $23,475. The lease carries an interest rate of 5% and is a four -year lease. The term of the lease ends April 16, 2022. Systems Trading is owned and operated by the Company’s President, Hal Schwartz.
On January 1, 2019, we entered into another lease agreement with Systems Trading. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $29,592. The lease carries an interest rate of 6.75% and is a five-year lease. The term of the lease ends December 31, 2023.
On April 1, 2019, we entered into two additional lease agreements with Systems Trading to add new data center equipment. The first lease calls for monthly payments of $1,328 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 7%. The second lease calls for monthly payments of $461 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 6.7%.
On January 1, 2020, we entered into a new lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. to lease equipment. The lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $10,534. The lease carries an interest rate of 6% and is a three-year lease. The term of the lease ends January 1, 2023.
Indemnification Agreements
Under our articles of incorporation, as amended, the liability of our officers and directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law. If Nevada law is amended to further eliminate or limit, or authorize further corporate action to further eliminate or limit, the liability of officers and directors, the liability of officers and directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law then in effect.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors pursuant to which the Company agrees to indemnify said officer or director, to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, against any and all losses resulting from any claims relating to the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company. The indemnitee will be fully indemnified for any claims (i) to the extent that he or she was successful on the merits in defense of said claims in a court of law; or (ii) to the extent that he or she is serving as a witness and not as a party, in connection with said claim. If items (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Company will indemnify its directors and officers for any losses resulting from any claims, so long as they have complied with the applicable standard of conduct under Nevada law as determined by (i) a majority vote of disinterested directors; or (ii) the written opinion of independent counsel, as applicable. The indemnification agreement also provides the officer or director with the right to request that we advance their expenses prior to final disposition of the claim so long as they execute an undertaking to repay all advances in the event that a Nevada court ultimately determines that they were not entitled indemnification. The officer or director is required under the indemnification agreement to give us notice in writing of a claim as soon as practicable and we are not responsible to provide indemnification if we were not given a reasonable and timely opportunity to participate in the defense of the claim at our own expense.
Information related to the independence of our directors is provided under the section titled “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”
60
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES THAT WE ARE OFFERING
Our authorized capital stock consists of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share , of which 1,401,786 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2020, there are 128,539,418 shares of common stock outstanding, and 1,401,786 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. In addition, as of February 10, 2021, there were outstanding options to purchase 8,305,985 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 133,334 shares of common stock.
This description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Nevada law, and our articles of incorporation, as amended, and amended by-laws, which are filed, or incorporated by reference, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Units
We are offering [___] Units in this offering at a public offering price of $[ ] per unit, and up to an additional [___] Units upon full exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters. Each Unit consists of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $[ ], which is 110% of the public offering price of the Units. Our Units will not be certificated and the shares of our common stock and the warrants that are part of such Units must be purchased together in this offering as Units and are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. We are also registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. These securities are being issued pursuant to an underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters. You should review the underwriting agreement and the form of warrant, each filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.
Common Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of cumulative voting, conversion, or pre-emptive or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in any of our assets remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.
61
Warrants
Overview. The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the warrants offered hereby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of the warrant agent agreement between us, the Warrant Agent, and the form of warrant, both of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the warrant agent agreement, including the annexes thereto, and form of warrant.
As of December 31, 2020, we have outstanding warrants to purchase 133,334 shares of common stock.
The warrants issued in this offering entitle the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price equal to $[____] per share (based on a public offering price of $[____] per Unit), subject to adjustment as discussed below, immediately following the issuance of such warrant and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the closing of this offering.
The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at prices below its exercise price.
Exercisability. The warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to the date that is five (5) years after their original issuance. The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the Warrant Agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. Under the terms of the Warrant Agreement, we must use our best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement and current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. If we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement and current prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the holders of the warrants shall have the right to exercise the warrants solely via a cashless exercise feature provided for in the warrants, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and current prospectus.
Exercise Limitation. A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrant, except that upon prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage not in excess of 9.99%.
Exercise Price. The exercise price per whole share of common stock purchasable upon exercise of the warrants is $[____] per share (based on an public offering price of $[____] per Unit) or 110% of public offering price of the common stock. The exercise price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our stockholders.
Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrant, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price. If multiple warrants are exercised by the holder at the same time, we shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price.
Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.
Warrant Agent; Global Certificate. The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agent agreement between the Warrant Agent and us. The warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the Warrant Agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.
Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding common stock, the holders of the warrants will be entitled to receive the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.
Rights as a Stockholder. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.
Governing Law. The warrants and the warrant agent agreement are governed by New York law.
Representative’s Warrants. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also registers for sale the Representative’s Warrants, as a portion of the underwriting compensation payable to the Representative in connection with this offering. The Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable for a four and one-half year period commencing 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at an exercise price of $[_____] (110% of the public offering price of the Units). Please see “Underwriting—Representative’s Warrants” for a description of the warrants we have agreed to issue to the Representative in this offering, subject to the completion of the offering. We expect to enter into a warrant agreement in respect of the Representative’s Warrants prior to the closing of this offering.
62
Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Amended By-laws
Provisions of our articles of incorporation, as amended, and our amended by-laws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change of control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Board of Directors; Removal of Directors for Cause. Our amended by-laws provide for the election of directors to one-year terms at each annual meeting of the stockholders. All directors elected to our board of directors will serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors or their earlier resignation or removal. The board of directors is authorized to create new directorships, subject to the articles of incorporation, as amended, and to fill such positions so created by a majority vote of the directors. Members of the board of directors may only be removed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the voting power of our issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at a special meeting of stockholders.
Board Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining members of the Board.
Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by board of directors pursuant to the requirements of our amended by-laws.
Blank-Check Preferred Stock. Our board of directors will be authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors and that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that our board of directors does not approve.
Nevada Anti-Takeover Statutes
The following provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes (“NRS”) could, if applicable, have the effect of discouraging takeovers of our company.
Transactions with Interested Stockholders. The NRS prohibits a publicly-traded Nevada company from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless, prior to that date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination itself or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder.
An “interested stockholder” is defined as any entity or person beneficially owning, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with, controlling, or controlled by any of these entities or persons. The definition of “business combination” is sufficiently broad to cover virtually any type of transaction that would allow a potential acquirer to use the corporation’s assets to finance the acquisition or otherwise benefit its own interests rather than the interests of the corporation and its stockholders.
In addition, business combinations that are not approved and therefore take place after the three year waiting period may also be prohibited unless approved by the board of directors and stockholders or the price to be paid by the interested stockholder is equal to the highest of (i) the highest price per share paid by the interested stockholder within the 3 years immediately preceding the date of the announcement of the business combination or in the transaction in which he or she became an interested stockholder, whichever is higher; (ii) the market value per common share on the date of announcement of the business combination or the date the interested stockholder acquired the shares, whichever is higher; or (iii) if higher for the holders of preferred stock, the highest liquidation value of the preferred stock.
Acquisition of a Controlling Interest. The NRS contains provisions governing the acquisition of a “controlling interest” and provides generally that any person that acquires 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of an “issuing corporation,” defined as Nevada corporation that has 200 or more stockholders at least 100 of whom are Nevada residents (as set forth in the corporation’s stock ledger); and does business in Nevada directly or through an affiliated corporation, may be denied voting rights with respect to the acquired shares, unless a majority of the disinterested stockholder of the corporation elects to restore such voting rights in whole or in part.
63
The statute focuses on the acquisition of a “controlling interest” defined as the ownership of outstanding shares sufficient, but for the control share law, to enable the acquiring person, directly or indirectly and individually or in association with others, to exercise (i) one-fifth or more, but less than one-third; (ii) one-third or more, but less than a majority; or (iii) a majority or more of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors.
The question of whether or not to confer voting rights may only be considered once by the stockholders and once a decision is made, it cannot be revisited. In addition, unless a corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise (i) acquired voting securities are redeemable in whole or in part by the issuing corporation at the average price paid for the securities within 30 days if the acquiring person has not given a timely information statement to the issuing corporation or if the stockholders vote not to grant voting rights to the acquiring person’s securities; and (ii) if voting rights are granted to the acquiring person, then any stockholder who voted against the grant of voting rights may demand purchase from the issuing corporation, at fair value, of all or any portion of their securities.
The provisions of this section do not apply to acquisitions made pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, the enforcement of a judgment, or the satisfaction of a security interest, or acquisitions made in connection with certain mergers or reorganizations.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Vstock Transfer, LLC , with its business address at 18 Lafayette Place. Woodmere, NY 11598.
Market Listing
Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “DTST” and we intend to apply to list our common stock on the Capital Markets tier of Nasdaq under the same symbol. For a list of specific requirements to uplist to Nasdaq, see “Risk Factors”.
Reverse Stock Split
We expect to effect a [ ]-for-[ ] reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering. We intend for the Board to effect such reverse stock split in connection with the consummation of this offering and our intended listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, however we cannot guarantee that such reverse stock split will occur within the range stated above, that such reverse stock split will be necessary or will occur in connection with the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, or that Nasdaq will approve our initial listing application for our common stock upon such reverse stock split.
The reverse stock split will not impact the number of authorized shares of common stock which will remain at 250,000,000 shares. Unless otherwise noted, the share and per share information in this prospectus reflects, other than in our financial statements and the notes thereto, a proposed reverse stock split of the outstanding common stock and treasury stock of the Company at a [ ] ratio to occur immediately following the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but prior to the closing of this offering.
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
64
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Units, common stock and warrants purchased in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our securities, but is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations. The holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock that underlie the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of common stock and warrants should also apply to holders of Units (as the deemed owners of the underlying common stock and warrants that comprise the Units). This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our securities.
This summary does not address any alternative minimum tax considerations, any considerations regarding the tax on net investment income, or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or under any non-income tax laws, including U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
| ● | banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; | |
| ● | tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations; | |
| ● | regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts; | |
| ● | controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; | |
| ● | brokers or dealers in securities or currencies; | |
| ● | traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; | |
| ● | persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below); | |
| ● | tax-qualified retirement plans; | |
| ● | certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; | |
| ● | partnerships or entities or arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other pass-through entities (and investors therein); | |
| ● | persons who hold our securities as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment; | |
| ● | persons who do not hold our securities as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or | |
| ● | persons deemed to sell our securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code. |
In addition, if a partnership (or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our securities, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.
You are urged to consult your own tax advisors with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
65
Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit
No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or instruments similar to a unit for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between such one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock based on their relative fair market values at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make his or her own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we strongly urge each investor to consult his or her tax adviser regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to each share of common stock and each warrant should be the stockholder’s tax basis in such share or warrant, as the case may be. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock based on their respective relative fair market values (as determined by each such unit holder on all the relevant facts and circumstances) at the time of disposition. The separation of the common stock and warrants comprising units should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The foregoing treatment of the common stock and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Consequences to U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a U.S. holder of our securities. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. holder if, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you are a beneficial owner of our securities, other than a partnership, that is:
| ● | an individual citizen or resident of the United States; | |
| ● | a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; | |
| ● | an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or | |
| ● | a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a “United States person.” |
Distributions
As described in the section titled “Market for Our Common Stock—Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”
Dividend income may be taxed to an individual U.S. holder at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that a minimum holding period and other limitations and requirements are satisfied. Any dividends that we pay to a U.S. holder that is a corporation will qualify for a deduction allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations equal to a portion of any dividends received, subject to generally applicable limitations on that deduction. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the holding period and other requirements that must be satisfied in order to qualify for the reduced tax rate on dividends or the dividends-received deduction.
Constructive Distributions
The terms of the warrants allow for changes in the exercise price of the warrants under certain circumstances. A change in exercise price of a warrant that allows holders to receive more shares of common stock on exercise may increase a holder’s proportionate interest in our earnings and profits or assets. In that case, such holder may be treated as though it received a taxable distribution in the form of our common stock. A taxable constructive stock distribution would generally result, for example, if the exercise price is adjusted to compensate holders for distributions of cash or property to our stockholders.
Not all changes in the exercise price that result in a holder’s receiving more common stock on exercise, however, would be considered as increasing a holder’s proportionate interest in our earnings and profits or assets. For instance, a change in exercise price could simply prevent the dilution of a holder’s interest upon a stock split or other change in capital structure. Changes of this type, if made pursuant to bona fide reasonable adjustment formula, are not treated as constructive stock distributions for these purposes. Conversely, if an event occurs that dilutes a holder’s interest and the exercise price is not adjusted, the resulting increase in the proportionate interests of our stockholders could be treated as a taxable stock distribution to our stockholders.
66
Any taxable constructive stock distributions resulting from a change to, or a failure to change, the exercise price of the warrants that is treated as a distribution of common stock would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the same manner as distributions on our common stock paid in cash or other property, resulting in a taxable dividend to the recipient to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (with the recipient’s tax basis in its common stock or warrants, as applicable, being increased by the amount of such dividend), and with any excess treated as a return of capital or as capital gain. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding whether any taxable constructive stock dividend would be eligible for tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains or the dividends-received deduction described below under “Consequences to U.S. Holders—Distributions,” as the requisite applicable holding period requirements might not be considered to be satisfied.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock
A U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will equal the difference between the amount realized on the sale and such U.S. holder’s tax basis in such common stock. The amount realized will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received in exchange for such common stock. Gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the common stock for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders are generally taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Sale, Exchange, Redemption, Lapse or Other Taxable Disposition of a Warrant
Upon a sale, exchange, redemption, lapse or other taxable disposition of a warrant, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized (if any) on the disposition and such U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant. The amount realized will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received in exchange for the warrant. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant generally will equal the amount the holder paid for the warrant. Gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the warrant for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders are generally taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Any taxable constructive stock distributions resulting from a change to, or a failure to change, the exercise price of the warrants that is treated as a distribution of common stock would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the same manner as distributions on our common stock paid in cash or other property, resulting in a taxable dividend to the recipient to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (with the recipient’s tax basis in its common stock or warrants, as applicable, being increased by the amount of such dividend), and with any excess treated as a return of capital or as capital gain. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding whether any taxable constructive stock dividend would be eligible for tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains or the dividends-received deduction described below under “Consequences to U.S. Holders—Constructive Distributions,” as the requisite applicable holding period requirements might not be considered to be satisfied.
Exercise of a Warrant
The exercise of a warrant for shares of common stock generally will not be a taxable event for the exercising U.S. holder, except with respect to cash, if any, received in lieu of a fractional share. A U.S. holder will have a tax basis in the shares of common stock received on exercise of a warrant equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant surrendered, reduced by any portion of the basis allocable to a fractional share, plus the exercise price of the warrant. A U.S. holder generally will have a holding period in shares of common stock acquired on exercise of a warrant that commences on the date of exercise of the warrant.
Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a non-U.S. holder of our securities. A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. holder.
Distributions
Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, any dividend, including any taxable constructive stock dividend resulting from certain adjustments, or failure to make adjustments, to the exercise price of a warrant (as described above under “Consequences to U.S. Holders—Constructive Distributions”), paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying qualification for the reduced rate. These forms must be updated periodically. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If a non-U.S. holder holds our securities through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then may be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification and disclosure requirements. In order to obtain this exemption, the non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. holders, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
67
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock or a warrant unless:
| ● | the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); | |
| ● | the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or | |
| ● | shares of our common stock or our warrants, as applicable, constitute U.S. real property interests by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (a USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the non-U.S. holder’s disposition of, or the non- U.S. holder’s holding period for, our common stock or warrants, as applicable. |
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the non-U.S. holder’s disposition of, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for, our common stock. In addition, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a warrant will not be treated as a U.S. real property interest with respect to a non-U.S. holder if such holder did not own, actually or constructively, warrants whose total fair market value on the date they were acquired (and on the date or dates any additional warrants were acquired) exceeded the fair market value on that date (and on the date or dates any additional warrants were acquired) of 5% of all our common stock.
If the non-U.S. holder is described in the first bullet above, it will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock or warrants beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our securities made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
68
Foreign Account Tax Compliance
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our securities paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our securities paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends paid by us, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our securities on or after January 1, 2020. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our securities.
Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our securities, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.
69
Maxim Group LLC is acting as the representative of the underwriters of the offering (the “Representative”). We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2021 with the Representative. We plan to list our common stock for trading on Nasdaq under the symbol “DTST” in connection with this offering, and if necessary, to effect a reverse stock split of our common stock in order for our common stock to be approved for listing on Nasdaq, although there is no assurance that such reverse stock split will occur based on any specific ratio, that such reverse stock split will be necessary or will occur in connection with the uplisting to Nasdaq, or that Nasdaq will approve our initial listing application for our common stock upon such reverse stock split. If we fail to effect such reverse stock split of our common stock if necessary to obtain such Nasdaq approval, or if we are not able to uplist our common stock for any other reason, we will not be able to consummate the offering and will terminate this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below and each underwriter named below has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase from us, at the public offering price per Unit less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of Units listed next to its name in the following table:
| Underwriter | Number of Units |
|||
| Maxim Group LLC | ||||
| Total | ||||
A copy of the underwriting agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase all of the Units being offered to the public is subject to specific conditions, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business or in the financial markets and the receipt of certain legal opinions, certificates and letters from us, our counsel and the independent auditors. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated. Subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will purchase all of the Units being offered to the public, other than those securities covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of these Units are purchased.
The underwriters are offering the Units, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the Representative an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, not later than 45 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to [ ] additional shares of common stock at a price of $[_] per share, and/or warrants to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of common stock at a price of $0.001 per warrant (15% of the shares of common stock and warrants included in the Units sold in this offering), in each case, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover of this prospectus in any combination thereof to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent that the Representative exercises this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of common stock and/or warrants as the number of Units to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of Units offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional Units to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of common stock and/or warrants are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of common stock and/or warrants on the same terms as those on which the other Units are being offered hereunder. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $[ ] and the total net proceeds, before expenses and after the credit to the underwriting commissions described below, to us will be $[ ].
Discounts and Commissions; Expenses
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the Representative of the over-allotment option.
| Per Unit | Total Without Over- Allotment Option |
Total
With Full Over- Allotment Option |
||||||||||
| Public offering price | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Underwriting discount (7.5%) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
We estimate the total expenses payable by us for this Offering to be approximately $[ ], which amount includes (i) the underwriting discount of $_______(7.5%), (ii) reimbursement of the accountable expenses of the Representative up to $25,000 and (iii) other estimated expenses of approximately $_________, which includes legal accounting printing costs and various fees associated with the registration of the Units offered hereby.
We have been advised by the Representative that it the underwriters proposes to offer the Units offered by us to the public at the public offering price per Unit set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the Units to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $ per Unit. After the initial offering, the public offering price and concession to dealers may be changed.
70
We have paid an expense deposit of $25,000 to the Representative, which will be applied against the accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the Representative in connection with this offering. The $25,000 expense deposit will be returned to us to the extent not actually incurred. The underwriting agreement also provides that in the event the offering is terminated, the $25,000 expense deposit paid to the Representative will be returned to us to the extent that offering expenses are not actually incurred by the Representative in accordance with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).
We have also agreed to reimburse the Representative for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate. We estimate that total expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discount, will be approximately $[ ].
Discretionary Accounts
The Representative has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Units offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
Lock-Up Agreements
We and our officers and directors, and the holders of 3% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the closing of this offering, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock either owned as of the date of the underwriting agreement or thereafter acquired without the prior written consent of the Representative. The Representative may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
Pricing of this Offering
Prior to this offering, there has not been an active market for our common stock and there has been no public market for our warrants. The public offering price for our Units will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.
We offer no assurances that the public offering price of our Units will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
2020 Advisory Services
In May 2020, the Representative agreed to be our non-exclusive advisor with respect to the identification and evaluation of potential business acquisition opportunities. In consideration for its services, the Representative may receive a cash fee equal to 3.5% of the purchase price if we close on a transaction with a target during the term of the agreement or within 12 months thereafter. In addition, for any financing required to close a transaction with a target (other than this offering or any other future financings undertaken for any target), we will pay the Representative (i) for an issuance of our senior debt securities, a cash fee payable at the closing equal to 1.5% of the gross proceeds we receive at each closing; (ii) (i) for an issuance of our subordinated and/or mezzanine debt securities, a cash fee payable at the closing equal to 2.5% of the gross proceeds we receive at each closing; (iii) for an issuance of equity, equity-linked or convertible securities, a cash fee payable at the closing equal to 7.0% of the gross proceeds we receive at each closing. We will also reimburse the Representative for certain out of pocket expenses not to exceed $1,000 on any given month without the prior authorization of the Company.
Representative’s Warrants
We have agreed to issue to the Representative (or its permitted assignees) warrants to purchase up to a total of [ ] shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock included in the Units, excluding the over-allotment, if any). The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the three year period commencing 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which period is in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to $[ ] per share, or 110% of the public offering price per Unit in the offering (based on the public offering price of $[ ] per Unit). The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Representative (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, the warrants provide for certain piggyback registration rights upon request, in certain cases. The piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than 3.5 years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.
71
Right of First Refusal and Certain Post-Offering Investments
Subject to the closing of this offering and certain conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, for a period of twenty (20) months after the closing of the offering, the Representative shall have a right of first refusal to act as lead managing underwriter and book-runner and/or placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked or debt (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings undertaken during such period by us, or any of our successors or subsidiaries, on terms customary to the Representative. The Representative in conjunction with us, shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. In addition, we have also agreed that in the event any investor previously directly introduced to us by the underwriters subsequently provides capital to us in any transaction, other than via any exercise of warrants issued in this offering, during the period commencing three (3) months following the closing of the offering and continuing for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, we will pay the underwriters a cash fee of 7.5% of the gross proceeds on any such investments.
Trading; NASDAQ Capital Market Listing
Our common stock is presently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “DTST.” We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “DTST”. No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved by Nasdaq.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
| ● | Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. | |
| ● | Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of securities over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of securities that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of securities involved is greater than the number of securities in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing securities in the open market. |
| ● | Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. A naked short position occurs if the underwriters sell more securities than could be covered by the over-allotment option. This position can only be closed out by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. | |
| ● | Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when securities originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
72
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities. As a result, the price of our shares of common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Units
This prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters, or by their affiliates. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacity as underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Relationships
From time to time, the underwriters and/or their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking and other financial services for us for which services it has received and, may in the future receive, customary fees. Except for the services provided in connection with this offering and other than as described below, the underwriters have not provided any investment banking or other financial services during the 180-day period preceding the date of this prospectus.
73
Offers Outside the United States
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered by this prospectus have been passed upon for the Company by Costaldo Law Group P.C., New York, New York. Gracin & Marlow has acted as special outside counsel for the Company in this offering. Sullivan & Worcester LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.
Our financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this Registration Statement have been included in reliance on the report of Rosenberg Rich Baker Berman, P.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. All filings we make with the SEC are available on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 48 South Service Road, Suite 203, Melville, NY 11747 or contacting us at (212) 564-4922.
We are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available on the website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.datastoragecorp.com. You may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge or at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, or the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part, the information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus, or the registration statement.
74
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Audited)
F-1
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| September 30, 2020 | December 31, 2019 | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 604,763 | $ | 326,561 | ||||
| Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $30,000 in 2020 and 2019) | 933,111 | 691,436 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 206,214 | 80,728 | ||||||
| Total Current Assets | 1,744,088 | 1,098,725 | ||||||
| Property and Equipment: | ||||||||
| Property and equipment | 7,829,148 | 6,894,087 | ||||||
| Less—Accumulated depreciation | (5,313,999 | ) | (4,705,256 | ) | ||||
| Net Property and Equipment | 2,515,149 | 2,188,831 | ||||||
| Other Assets: | ||||||||
| Goodwill | 3,015,700 | 3,015,700 | ||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | 263,034 | 324,267 | ||||||
| Other assets | 49,308 | 65,433 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net | 504,435 | 649,934 | ||||||
| Total Other Assets | 3,832,477 | 4,055,334 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 8,091,714 | $ | 7,342,890 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | $ | 1,187,649 | $ | 906,716 | ||||
| Dividend payable | 1,076,874 | 970,997 | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | 494,629 | 432,942 | ||||||
| Line of credit | 24 | 75,000 | ||||||
| Finance leases payable | 161,144 | — | ||||||
| Finance leases payable related party | 978,683 | 833,148 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities short term | 103,780 | 101,505 | ||||||
| Note payable | 294,541 | 350,000 | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 4,297,324 | 3,670,308 | ||||||
| Note payable long term | 187,436 | — | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities long term | 168,390 | 231,312 | ||||||
| Finance leases payable, long term | 286,633 | — | ||||||
| Finance leases payable related party, long term | 1,222,982 | 1,713,122 | ||||||
| Total Long Term Liabilities | 1,865,441 | 1,944,434 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities | 6,162,765 | 5,614,742 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity: | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, Series A par value $.001; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,401,786 shares issued and outstanding in each year | 1,402 | 1,402 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $.001; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 128,539,418 and 128,539,418 shares issued and outstanding in 2020 and 2019, respectively | 128,539 | 128,439 | ||||||
| Additional paid in capital | 17,578,288 | 17,456,431 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (15,693,399 | ) | (15,790,076 | ) | ||||
| Total Data Storage Corp Stockholders’ Equity | 2,014,830 | 1,796,196 | ||||||
| Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiary | (85,881 | ) | (68,048 | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholder’s Equity | 1,928,949 | 1,728,148 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | $ | 8,091,714 | $ | 7,342,890 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated Financial Statements.
F-2
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
| Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,723,532 | $ | 2,013,662 | $ | 6,827,867 | $ | 6,046,531 | ||||||||
| Cost of sales | 1,621,008 | 1,232,633 | 3,977,546 | 3,410,835 | ||||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,102,524 | 781,029 | 2,850,321 | 2,635,696 | ||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | 1,017,863 | 884,650 | 2,882,755 | 2,565,252 | ||||||||||||
| Income (loss) from Operations | 84,661 | (103,621 | ) | (32,434 | ) | 70,444 | ||||||||||
| Other Income (Expense) | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest income | 1 | — | 21 | 220 | ||||||||||||
| Interest expense | (42,727 | ) | (41,120 | ) | (132,866 | ) | (137,425 | ) | ||||||||
| Gain on contingent liability | — | — | 350,000 | — | ||||||||||||
| Other income | — | 11,453 | — | 23,054 | ||||||||||||
| Total Other Income (Expense) | (42,726 | ) | (29,667 | ) | 217,155 | (114,151 | ) | |||||||||
| Income (loss) before provision for income taxes | 41,935 | (133,288 | ) | 184,721 | (43,707 | ) | ||||||||||
| Provision for income taxes | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Net Income (loss) | 41,935 | (133,288 | ) | 184,721 | (43,707 | ) | ||||||||||
| Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiary | 4,283 | 11,693 | 17,833 | 33,282 | ||||||||||||
Net Income (loss) attributable to Data Storage Corp | 46,218 | (121,595 | ) | 202,554 | (10,425 | ) | ||||||||||
| Preferred Stock Dividends | (36,650 | ) | (31,078 | ) | (105,877 | ) | (93,234 | ) | ||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders | $ | 9,568 | $ | (152,683 | ) | $ | 96,677 | $ | (103,659 | ) | ||||||
| Earnings (Loss) per Share – Basic | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
| Earnings (Loss) per Share – Diluted | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
| Weighted Average Number of Shares - Basic | 128,539,418 | 128,139,418 | 128,512,836 | 128,139,418 | ||||||||||||
| Weighted Average Number of Shares - Diluted | 135,339,979 | 128,139,418 | 134,635,987 | 128,139,418 | ||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020
(Unaudited)
| Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-in | Accumulated | Non-Controlling | Total Stockholders’ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Interest | Equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance July 1, 2019 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | $ | 128,139 | $ | 17,414,339 | $ | (15,686,608 | ) | $ | (49,100 | ) | $ | 1,808,172 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | 2,175 | — | — | 2,175 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) | — | — | — | — | — | (121,597 | ) | (11,693 | ) | (133,290 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (31,078 | ) | — | (31,078 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2019 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | $ | 128,139 | $ | 17,416,514 | $ | (15,839,283 | ) | $ | (60,793 | ) | $ | 1,645,979 | ||||||||||||||||
| Balance July 1, 2020 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,539,418 | $ | 128,539 | $ | 17,536,117 | $ | (15,702,967 | ) | $ | (81,598 | ) | $ | 1,881,493 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | 42,171 | — | — | 42,171 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) | — | — | — | — | — | 46,218 | (4,283 | ) | 41,935 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (36,650 | ) | — | (36,650 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2020 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,539,418 | $ | 128,539 | $ | 17,578,288 | $ | (15,693,399 | ) | $ | (85,881 | ) | $ | 1,928,949 | ||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated Financial Statements
F-4
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020
(Unaudited)
| Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-in | Accumulated | Non-Controlling | Total Stockholders’ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Interest | Equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance January 1, 2019 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | $ | 128,139 | $ | 17,409,989 | $ | (15,735,624 | ) | $ | (27,511 | ) | $ | 1,776,395 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | 6,525 | — | — | 6,525 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) | — | — | — | — | — | (10,425 | ) | (33,282 | ) | (43,707 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (93,234 | ) | — | (93,324 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2019 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | $ | 128,139 | $ | 17,416,514 | $ | (15,839,283 | ) | $ | (60,793 | ) | $ | 1,645,979 | ||||||||||||||||
| Balance January 1, 2020 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,439,418 | $ | 128,439 | $ | 17,456,431 | $ | (15,790,076 | ) | $ | (68,048 | ) | $ | 1,728,148 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | 116,557 | — | — | 116,557 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock Options Exercise | — | — | 100,000 | 100 | 5,300 | — | — | 5,400 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) | — | — | — | — | — | 202,554 | (17,833 | ) | 184,721 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (105,877 | ) | — | (105,877 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, September 30, 2020 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,539,418 | $ | 128,539 | $ | 17,578,288 | $ | (15,693,399 | ) | $ | (85,881 | ) | $ | 1,928,949 | ||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated Financial Statements
F-5
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
| Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities: | ||||||||
| Net Income | $ | 184,721 | $ | (43,707 | ) | |||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 754,243 | 678,927 | ||||||
| Stock-based compensation | 116,557 | 6,525 | ||||||
| Gain on contingent liability | (350,000 | ) | — | |||||
| Changes in Assets and Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | (241,675 | ) | 2,248 | |||||
| Other assets | 16,125 | — | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | (98,874 | ) | 76,116 | |||||
| Right of use asset | 61,233 | (344,716 | ) | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 252,717 | (137,683 | ) | |||||
| Deferred revenue | 61,687 | 63,260 | ||||||
| Deferred rent | — | (18,890 | ) | |||||
| Operating lease liability | (60,647 | ) | 352,348 | |||||
| Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities | 696,087 | 634,428 | ||||||
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities: | ||||||||
| Capital expenditures | (164,796 | ) | (33,354 | ) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | (164,796 | ) | (33,354 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of note payable | 481,977 | — | ||||||
| Repayments of finance lease obligations related party | (641,170 | ) | (546,182 | ) | ||||
| Repayments of finance lease obligations | (24,320 | ) | — | |||||
| Cash received for the exercised of options | 5,400 | — | ||||||
| Repayment of line of credit | (74,976 | ) | — | |||||
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities | (253,089 | ) | (546,182 | ) | ||||
| Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents | 278,202 | 54,892 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 326,561 | 228,790 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period | $ | 604,763 | $ | 283,682 | ||||
| Supplemental Disclosures: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | 124,297 | $ | 137,425 | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
| Non-cash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||
| Accrual of preferred stock dividend | $ | 105,877 | $ | 93,234 | ||||
| Assets acquired by finance lease | $ | 808,261 | $ | 1,560,021 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
DATA
STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020
Note 1 - Basis of Presentation, Organization and Other Matters
Data Storage Corporation (“DSC” or the “Company”) provides subscription based, long term agreements for IaaS, DRaaS, CSaaS, Data Analytics as a Service, and VoIP solutions.
Headquartered in Melville, NY, with additional offices in Warwick, RI, DSC offers solutions and services to businesses within the healthcare, banking and finance, distribution services, manufacturing, construction, education, and government industries.
DSC derives its revenues from subscription services and solutions, managed services, software and maintenance, equipment and onboarding provisioning. DSC maintains infrastructure and storage equipment in several technical centers in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina.
Going Concern Analysis
Under ASU 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) (“ASC 205-40”), the Company has the responsibility to evaluate whether conditions and/or events raise substantial doubt about its ability to meet its future financial obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. As required by ASC 205-40, this evaluation shall initially not take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. Management has assessed the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with the requirement of ASC 205-40.
As reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Financial statements, the Company had a net (loss) income available to shareholders of $96,677 and ($103,659) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, DSC had cash of $604,763 and a working capital deficiency of $2,553,236. As a result, these conditions raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company provided cash from operations of $696,087 with continued revenue growth of subscription solutions. Further, the Company has no capital expenditure commitments and the Company’s offices have been consolidated and fully staffed and with sufficient room for growth.
If necessary, management also determined that it is probable that related party sources of debt financing and capitalized leases can be renegotiated based on management’s history of being able to raise and refinance debt through related parties.
As a result of the current favorable trends of improving cash flow, the Company concluded that the initial conditions which raised substantial doubt regarding the ability to continue as a going concern has been mitigated.
F-7
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The Condensed Consolidated Financial statements include the accounts of (i) the Company, (ii) its wholly-owned subsidiary, Data Storage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and (iii) its majority-owned subsidiary, Nexxis, a Nevada corporation. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Business combinations.
We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to recognize separately from goodwill, the assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets, acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, restructuring liabilities, pre-acquisition contingencies, and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts and acquired technologies, and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been reclassified where necessary to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not affect the prior period total assets, total liabilities, stockholders’ deficit, net income or net cash used in operating activities.
F-8
Recently Issued and Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and an entity should apply the amendments of ASU 2017-04 on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2017-04 did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This guidance requires companies to apply the internal-use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40 to implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to determine whether to capitalize certain implementation costs or expense them as incurred. The new guidance, is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued authoritative guidance intended to simplify the accounting for income taxes (ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”). This guidance eliminates certain exceptions to the general approach to the income tax accounting model and adds new guidance to reduce the complexity in accounting for income taxes. This guidance is effective for annual periods after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this guidance on its Condensed Consolidated Financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, line of credit and due to related parties. Management believes the estimated fair value of these accounts at September 30, 2020 approximate their carrying value as reflected in the balance sheets due to the short-term nature of these instruments or the use of market interest rates for debt instruments. The carrying values of certain of the Company’s notes payable and capital lease obligations approximate their fair values based upon a comparison of the interest rate and terms of such debt given the level of risk to the rates and terms of similar debt currently available to the Company in the marketplace.
F-9
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity or remaining maturity at the time of purchase, of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments and assets subjecting the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at major U.S. financial institutions. Deposits in these institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits.
The Company’s customers are primarily concentrated in the United States.
The Company provides credit in the normal course of business. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information.
As of September 30, 2020, DSC had four customers with an accounts receivable balance representing 65% of total accounts receivable. One of the clients is a Valued Added Reseller (VAR) with multiple clients under the DSC VAR partnership. As of December 31, 2019, DSC had three customers with an accounts receivable balance representing 38% of total accounts receivable.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 the Company had the above-mentioned Value-Added Reseller with multiple clients accounting for 10% of revenue. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 that specific VAR had accounted for 31% of revenue.
Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company sells its services to customers on an open credit basis. Accounts receivable are uncollateralized, non-interest-bearing customer obligations. Accounts receivables are typically due within 30 days. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the estimated accounts receivable that will not be collected due to credit losses and allowances. Provisions for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable are made for individual accounts based upon specific facts and circumstances including criteria such as their age, amount, and customer standing. Provisions are also made for other accounts receivable not specifically reviewed based upon historical experience. Clients are invoiced in advance for services as reflected in deferred revenue on the Company’s balance sheet.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. Estimated useful lives in years for depreciation are five to seven years for property and equipment. Additions, betterments and replacements are capitalized, while expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations when incurred. As units of property are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income.
F-10
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.
Per FASB ASC 740-10, disclosure is not required of an uncertain tax position unless it is considered probable that a claim will be asserted and there is a more-likely-than-not possibility that the outcome will be unfavorable. Using this guidance, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Company’s 2018, 2017 and 2016 Federal and State tax returns remain subject to examination by their respective taxing authorities. Neither of the Company’s Federal or State tax returns are currently under examination.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law in March 2020. The CARES Act lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (”2017 Tax Act”). Corporate taxpayers may carryback net operating losses (NOLs) originating between 2018 and 2020 for up to five years, which was not previously allowed under the 2017 Tax Act. The CARES Act also eliminates the 80% of taxable income limitations by allowing corporate entities to fully utilize NOL carryforwards to offset taxable income in 2018, 2019 or 2020. Taxpayers may generally deduct interest up to the sum of 50% of adjusted taxable income plus business interest income (30% limit under the 2017 Tax Act) for 2019 and 2020. The CARES Act allows taxpayers with alternative minimum tax credits to claim a refund in 2020 for the entire amount of the credits instead of recovering the credits through refunds over a period of years, as originally enacted by the 2017 Tax Act.
In addition, the CARES Act raises the corporate charitable deduction limit to 25% of taxable income and makes qualified improvement property generally eligible for 15-year cost-recovery and 100% bonus depreciation. The enactment of the CARES Act did not result in any material adjustments to our income tax provision.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
In accordance with GAAP, the Company tests goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on at least an annual basis. Goodwill impairment exists if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The impairment testing is performed in two steps: (i) the Company determines impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, and (ii) if there is impairment, the Company measures the amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. To determine the fair value of these intangible assets, the Company uses many assumptions and estimates using a market participant approach that directly impact the results of the testing. In making these assumptions and estimates, the Company uses industry accepted valuation models and set criteria that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management.
Revenue Recognition
Nature of goods and services
The following is a description of the products and services from which the Company generates revenue, as well as the nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, and significant payment terms for each:
| 1) | Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and Disaster Recovery Revenue |
Subscription services such as Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a Service and Disaster Recovery, High Availability, Data Vault Services and DRaaS type solutions (cloud) allows clients to centralize and streamline their technical and mission critical digital information and technical environment. Client’s data can be backed up, replicated, archived and restored to meet their back to work objective in a disaster. Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) assist clients to achieve reliable and cost-effective computing and high availability solutions while eliminating or supplementing Capex.
F-11
| 2) | Managed Services |
These services are performed at the inception of a contract. The Company offers professional assistance to its clients during the installation processes. On-boarding and set-up services ensure that the solution or software is installed properly and function as designed to provide clients with the best solutions. In addition, clients that are managed service clients have a requirement for DSC to offer time and material billing.
The Company also derives revenues in the area from providing support and management of its software to clients. The managed services include help desk, remote access, annual recovery tests and manufacturer support for equipment and on-gong monitoring of client system performance.
| 3) | Equipment and Software Revenue |
The Company provides equipment and software and actively participate in collaboration with IBM to provide innovative business solutions to clients. The Company is a partner of IBM and the various software solutions provided to clients.
Disaggregation of revenue
In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by major product line, geography, and timing of revenue recognition.
| For the Three Months | ||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 1,416,847 | $ | 20,551 | $ | 1,437,398 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 936,344 | — | 936,344 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 169,565 | — | 169,565 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 180,225 | — | 180,225 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 2,702,981 | $ | 20,551 | $ | 2,723,532 | ||||||
| For the Three Months | ||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, 2019 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 1,273,147 | $ | 63,201 | $ | 1,336,348 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 350,339 | — | 350,339 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 195,847 | — | 195,847 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 131,128 | — | 131,129 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 1,950,461 | $ | 63,201 | $ | 2,013,662 | ||||||
| For the Three Months | ||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||
| Timing of revenue recognition | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| Products transferred at a point in time | $ | 936,344 | $ | 410,238 | ||||
| Products and services transferred over time | 1,787,188 | 1,603,424 | ||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 2,723,532 | $ | 2,013,662 | ||||
F-12
| For the Nine Months | ||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 4,133,213 | $ | 107,583 | $ | 4,240,796 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 1,544,786 | — | 1,544,786 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 557,515 | — | 557,515 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 484,770 | — | 484,770 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 6,720,284 | $ | 107,583 | $ | 6,827,867 | ||||||
| For the Nine Months | ||||||||||||
| Ended September 30, 2019 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 3,849,252 | $ | 111,214 | $ | 3,960,466 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 1,285,297 | — | 1,285,297 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 322,133 | — | 322,133 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 478,635 | — | 478,635 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 5,935,317 | $ | 111,214 | $ | 6,046,531 | ||||||
| For the Nine Months | ||||||||
| Ended September 30, | ||||||||
| Timing of revenue recognition | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| Products transferred at a point in time | $ | 1,544,786 | $ | 1,285,297 | ||||
| Products and services transferred over time | 5,283,081 | 4,761,234 | ||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 6,827,867 | $ | 6,046,531 | ||||
Contract receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and are uncollateralized, non-interest-bearing client obligations. Provisions for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable are made for individual accounts based upon specific facts and circumstances including criteria such as their age, amount, and client standing.
Sales are generally recorded in the month the service is provided. For clients who are billed on an annual basis, deferred revenue is recorded and amortized over the life of the contract.
Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations
The Company has the following performance obligations:
| 1) | Disaster Recovery (“DR”): subscription-based service that instantly encrypted and transfers data to secure location further replicates the data to a second DSC data center where it remains encrypted. Provides 10 hour or less recovery time |
| 2) | Data Vaulting: subscription-based cloud backup solution that uses advanced data reduction technology to shorten restore time |
| 3) | High Availability (“HA”): subscription-based service which offers cost-effective mirroring replication technology and provides one (1) hour or less recovery time |
F-13
| 4) | Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”): subscription-based service offers “capacity on-demand” for IBM Power and Intel server systems |
| 5) | Message Logic: subscription-based service offers cost effective email archiving, data analytics, compliance monitoring and retrieval of email messages which cannot be deleted |
| 6) | Internet: subscription-based service offers continuous internet connection in the event of outages |
| 7) | Support and Maintenance: subscription-based service offers support for servers, firewalls, desktops or software and ad hoc support and help desk |
| 8) | Initial Set-Up Fees: on boarding and set-up services |
| 9) | Equipment sales: sale of servers to the end user |
| 10) | License: granting SSL certificates and other licenses |
Disaster Recovery with Stand-By Servers, High Availability, Data Vaulting, IaaS, Message Logic, Support and Maintenance, and Internet
Subscription services such as the above allows clients to access a set of data or receive services for a predetermined period of time. As the client obtains access at a point in time but continues to have access for the remainder of the subscription period, the client is considered to simultaneously receive and consume the benefits provided by the entity’s performance as the entity performs. Accordingly, the related performance obligation is considered to be satisfied ratably over the contract term. As the performance obligation is satisfied evenly across the term of the contract, revenue should be recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term.
Initial Set-Up Fees
The Company accounts for set-up fees as separate performance obligation. Set-up services are performed one time and accordingly the revenue should be recognized at the point in time that the service is performed, and the Company is entitled to the payment.
Equipment sales
For the Equipment sales performance obligation, the control of the product transfers at a point in time (i.e., when the goods have been shipped or delivered to the client’s location, depending on shipping terms). Noting that the satisfaction of the performance obligation, in this sense, does not occur over time as defined within ASC 606-10-25-27 through 29, the performance obligation is considered to be satisfied at a point in time (ASC 606-10-25-30) when the obligation to the client has been fulfilled (i.e., when the goods have left the shipping facility or delivered to the client, depending on shipping terms).
License – granting SSL certificates and other licenses
In the case of Licensing performance obligation, the control of the product transfers either at point in time or over time depending on the nature of the license. The revenue standard identifies two types of licenses of IP: a right to access IP and a right to use IP. To assist in determining whether a license provides a right to use or a right to access IP, ASC 606 defines two categories of IP: Functional and Symbolic. The Company’s license arrangements typically do not require the Company to make its proprietary content available to the client either through a download or through a direct connection. Throughout the life of the contract the Company does not continue to provide updates or upgrades to the license granted. Based on the guidance, the Company considers its license offerings to be akin to functional IP and will recognize revenue at the point in time the license is granted and/or renewed for a new period.
Payment terms
The terms of the contracts typical range from 12 to 36 months with auto-renew options. The Company invoices clients one month in advance for its services plus any overages or additional services provided.
Warranties
The Company offers guaranteed service levels and performance and service guarantees on some of its contracts. These warrantees are not sold separately and according to ASC 606-10-50-12(a) are accounted as “assurance warranties”.
F-14
Significant judgement
In the instances that contract have multiple performance obligation, the Company uses judgment to establish stand-alone price for each performance obligation separately. The price for each performance obligation is determined by reviewing market data for similar services as well as the Company’s historical pricing of each individual service. The sum of each performance obligation was calculated to determine the aggregate price for the individual services. Next the proportion of each individual service to the aggregate price was determined. That ratio was applied to the total contract price in order to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-35, we review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset might not be recoverable. An impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value, is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses the costs associated with advertising as they are incurred. The Company incurred a net impact of $234,565 and $188,249 for advertising costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
DSC follows the requirements of FASB ASC 718-10-10, Share Based Payments with regards to stock-based compensation issued to employees. DSC has agreements and arrangements that call for stock to be awarded to the employees and consultants at various times as compensation and periodic bonuses. The expense for this stock-based compensation is equal to the fair value of the stock price on the day the stock was awarded multiplied by the number of shares awarded.
The valuation methodology used to determine the fair value of the options issued during the year was the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of a number of assumptions including volatility of the stock price, the average risk- free interest rate, and the weighted average expected life of the options. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on continuously compounded risk–free rates for the appropriate term. The dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid or declared any cash dividends on its Common stock and does not intend to pay dividends on its Common stock in the foreseeable future. The expected forfeiture rate is estimated based on management’s best estimate.
Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which DSC’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. DSC’s calculation of estimated volatility is based on historical stock prices of these entities over a period equal to the expected life of the awards. DSC uses the historical volatility of peer entities due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price.
F-15
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
In accordance with FASB ASC 260-10-5 Earnings Per Share, basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) adjusted for income or loss that would result from the assumed conversion of potential common shares from contracts that may be settled in stock or cash by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period.
The following table sets forth the information needed to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019:
| For
the Three Months Ended | For
the Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
| September 30, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Available to Common Shareholders | $ | 9,568 | (152,673 | ) | $ | 96,677 | $ | (103,659 | ) | |||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares - basic | 128,539,418 | 128,139,418 | 128,521,836 | 128,139,418 | ||||||||||||
| Dilutive securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Options | 6,667,227 | — | 5,980,817 | — | ||||||||||||
| Warrants | 133,334 | — | 133,334 | — | ||||||||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares - diluted | 135,339,979 | 128,139,418 | 134,635,987 | 128,139,418 | ||||||||||||
| Earnings (Loss) per share, basic | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
| Earnings (Loss) per share, diluted | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
The following table sets forth the number of potential shares of common stock that have been excluded from diluted net income (loss) per share net income (loss) per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:
| Three
Months ended September 30, | Nine
Months ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
| Options | 1,758,597 | 6,015,518 | 2,445,007 | 6,015,518 | ||||||||||||
| Warrants | — | 133,334 | — | 133,334 | ||||||||||||
| 1,758,597 | 6,148,852 | 2,445,007 | 6,148,852 | |||||||||||||
Note 3 - Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following:
| September 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Storage equipment | $ | 756,236 | $ | 756,236 | ||||
| Website and software | 533,417 | 533,417 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | 27,131 | 27,131 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements | 20,983 | 16,846 | ||||||
| Computer hardware and software | 1,224,591 | 1,218,464 | ||||||
| Data center equipment | 5,266,790 | 4,341,993 | ||||||
| 7,829,148 | 6,894,087 | |||||||
| Less: Accumulated depreciation | (5,313,999 | ) | (4,705,256 | ) | ||||
| Net property and equipment | $ | 2,515,149 | $ | 2,188,831 | ||||
Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 was $608,743 and $530,927, respectively.
F-16
Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets consisted of the following:
| Estimated | September 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
| life in years | Gross amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets not subject to amortization | ||||||||||||||
| Goodwill | Indefinite | $ | 3,015,700 | $ | — | $ | 3,015,700 | |||||||
| Trademarks | Indefinite | 294,268 | — | 294,268 | ||||||||||
| Total intangible assets not subject to amortization | 3,309,968 | — | 3,309,968 | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets subject to amortization | ||||||||||||||
| Customer lists | 5-15 | 897,274 | 897,274 | — | ||||||||||
| ABC acquired contracts | 5 | 310,000 | 242,833 | 67,167 | ||||||||||
| SIAS acquired contracts | 5 | 660,000 | 517,000 | 143,000 | ||||||||||
| Non-compete agreements | 4 | 272,147 | 272,147 | — | ||||||||||
| Total intangible assets subject to amortization | 2,139,421 | 1,929,254 | 210,167 | |||||||||||
| Total Goodwill and Intangible Assets | $ | 5,449,389 | $ | 1,929,254 | $ | 3,520,135 | ||||||||
Scheduled amortization over the next two years as follows:
| Twelve months ending September 30, | ||||
| 2021 | $ | 194,000 | ||
| 2022 | 16,167 | |||
| Total | $ | 210,167 | ||
Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were $145,500 and $148,000 respectively.
Note 5 –Leases
Operating Leases
The Company currently has three leases for office space, with two offices located in Melville, NY, and one office in Warwick, RI.
A lease for office space in Melville, NY, was entered into on November 20, 2017, which commenced on April 2, 2018. The term of this lease is five years and three months at $86,268 per year with an escalation of 3% per year with an ending date of July 31, 2023.
The Company entered into a lease agreement for a technology lab in Melville, NY, that commenced on September 1, 2019. The term of this lease is for three years and 11 months and runs co-terminus with our existing lease in the same building. The base annual rent is $10,764 payable in equal monthly installments of $897.
The lease for office space in Warwick, RI, was extended until January 31, 2021. The annual base rent shall be $31,176 payable in equal monthly installments of $2,598.
The Company leases rack space in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina. These leases are month to month and the monthly rent is approximately $25,000.
F-17
Finance Lease Obligations
On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Arrow Capital Solutions, Inc. to lease equipment. The lease obligation is payable to Arrow Capital Solutions with monthly installments of $5,008. The lease carries an interest rate of 7% and is a three-year lease. The term of the lease ends June 1, 2023.
On June 29, 2020, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Arrow Capital Solutions, Inc. to lease equipment. The lease obligation is payable to Arrow Capital Solutions with monthly installments of $5,050. The lease carries an interest rate of 7% and is a three-year lease. The term of the lease ends June 29, 2023.
On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Arrow Capital Solutions, Inc. to lease equipment under a finance lease. The lease obligation is payable to Arrow Capital Solutions with monthly installments of $4,524. The lease carries an interest rate of 7% and is a three-year lease.
Finance Lease Obligations – Related Party
On April 1, 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. (“Systems Trading”) to refinance all leases into one lease. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with bi-monthly installments of $23,475. The lease carries an interest rate of 5% and is a four -year lease. The term of the lease ends April 16, 2022. Systems Trading is owned and operated by the Company’s President, Hal Schwartz.
On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Systems Trading. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $29,592. The lease carries an interest rate of 6.75% and is a five-year lease. The term of the lease ends December 31, 2023.
On April 1, 2019, the Company entered into two lease agreements with Systems Trading to add new data center equipment. The first lease calls for monthly payments of $1,328 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 7%. The second lease calls for monthly payments of $461 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 6.7%.
On January 1, 2020, the Company entered into a new lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. to lease equipment. The lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $10,534. The lease carries an interest rate of 6% and is a three-year lease. The term of the lease ends January 1, 2023.
We determine if an arrangement contains a lease at inception. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. Our lease term includes options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, per the election of the practical expedient noted above. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. We recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We recognize variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate are initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date, otherwise variable lease payments are recognized in the period incurred. A discount rate of 7% was used in preparation of the ROU asset and operating liabilities.
F-18
The components of lease expense were as follows:
| Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2020 | ||||
| Finance lease: | ||||
| Amortization of assets, included in depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 608,743 | ||
| Interest on lease liabilities, included in interest expense | 124,300 | |||
| Operating lease: | ||||
| Amortization of assets, included in total operating expense | 57,709 | |||
| Interest on lease liabilities, included in total operating expense | 16,106 | |||
| Total net lease cost | $ | 806,858 | ||
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows
Operating Leases
| Operating lease ROU asset | $ | 263,034 | ||
| Current operating lease liabilities | 103,780 | |||
| Noncurrent operating lease liabilities | 168,390 | |||
| Total operating lease liabilities | $ | 272,170 |
| September 30, 2020 | ||||
| Finance leases: | ||||
| Property and equipment, at cost | $ | 4,366,665 | ||
| Accumulated amortization | (3,172,342 | ) | ||
| Property and equipment, net | 1,194,323 | |||
| Current obligations of finance leases | $ | 1,139,827 | ||
| Finance leases, net of current obligations, | 1,509,615 | |||
| Total finance lease liabilities | $ | 2,649,442 | ||
Supplemental cash flow and other information related to leases was as follows:
| Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2020 | ||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: | ||||
| Operating cash flows related to operating leases | $ | 75,852 | ||
| Financing cash flows related to finance leases | $ | 829,391 | ||
| Weighted average remaining lease term (in years): | ||||
| Operating leases | 1.72 | |||
| Finance leases | 2.33 | |||
| Weighted average discount rate: | ||||
| Operating leases | 7 | % | ||
| Finance leases | 6 | % | ||
Long-term obligations under the operating and finance leases at September 30, 2020 mature as follows:
| For the Twelve Months Ended September 30, | Operating Leases | Finance Leases | ||||||
| 2021 | $ | 103,780 | 348,440 | |||||
| 2022 | 106,901 | 1,241,361 | ||||||
| 2023 | 90,696 | 849,426 | ||||||
| 2024 | - | 441,725 | ||||||
| Total lease payments | 301,377 | 2,880,952 | ||||||
| Less: Amounts representing interest | (29,207 | ) | (231,509 | ) | ||||
| Total lease obligations | 272,170 | 2,649,443 | ||||||
| Less: Current | (103,780 | ) | (1,139,828 | ) | ||||
| $ | 168,390 | 1,509,615 | ||||||
F-19
As of September 30, 2020, we had no additional significant operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced. Rent expense under all operating leases for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 was $127,268 and $191,377, respectively.
Note 6 - Commitments and Contingencies
The COVID 19 Pandemic
Business interruptions, including any interruptions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, could significantly disrupt our operations and could have a material adverse impact on DSC if the situation continues. Under NYS Executive Order 202.6, “Essential Business,” DSC is an “Essential Business” based on the following in the Executive order number 2: Essential infrastructure including telecommunications and data centers; and, number 12: Vendors that provide essential services or products, including logistics and technology support.
Further, all employees, including our specialized technical staff, are working from home or in a virtual environment. DSC always maintains the ability for team members to work virtual and we will continue to stay virtual, until the State and or the Federal government indicate the environment is safe to return to work.
The ongoing coronavirus outbreak which began in China at the beginning of 2020 has impacted various businesses throughout the world, including travel restrictions and the extended shutdown of certain businesses in impacted geographic regions. If the coronavirus outbreak situation should worsen, we may experience disruptions to our business including, but not limited to equipment, to our workforce, or to our business relationships with other third parties.
The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our operations or those of our third-party partners will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration of the outbreak, new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. Any such disruptions or losses we incur could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and our ability to conduct business as expected.
Revolving Credit Facility
On January 31, 2008, the Company entered into a revolving credit line with a bank. The credit facility provides for $100,000 at prime plus 0.5% and is secured by all assets of the Company and personally guaranteed by the Company’s CEO. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the balance was $24 and $75,000 respectively.
Note 7 – Long Term Debt
Note Payable
In connection with the Company’s October 2012 acquisition of certain assets (the “ML Assets”) of Message Logic, Inc. (“Message Logic”), the Company maintains ownership of the ML Assets subject to a security interest in the ML Assets held by a third party banking institution (the “Bank”) in connection with a secured loan made by the Bank to Message Logic in June 2012 in the amount of $350,000 (the “ML Loan”). The Bank filed a UCC-1 Financing Statement with the Secretary of State of Delaware perfecting its interest in the ML Assets (the “UCC-1 Filing”). On September 5, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Message Logic and the Bank pursuant to which the Company paid to the Bank the outstanding interest amount due on the ML Loan over seven months at $3,910 per month. In addition, the Company agreed to continue to make monthly interest-only payments to the Bank at $1,553 per month. The Company assumed these liabilities as part of its option to pay off the ML Loan, terminate the UCC-1 Filing and own the ML Assets free of all liens and encumbrances. The Company stopped making interest-only payments on October 25, 2018. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company made a strategic decision to cease utilizing the ML Assets in its operations and advised the Bank of such information. In connection with this and as a result, the Company recorded a gain on contingent liability in the amount of $350,000 on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
On April 30, 2020, the Company was granted a loan from a banking institution, in the principal amount of $481,977 (the “Loan”), pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), which was enacted on March 27, 2020. The Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated April 30, 2020, matures on April 30, 2022 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% per annum, payable monthly commencing on November 5, 2020. Funds from the loan may only be used to retain workers and maintain payroll or make mortgage payments, lease payments and utility payments. Management intends to use the entire Loan amount for qualifying expenses. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the Loan may be forgiven if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act.
F-20
As of September 30, 2020, remaining scheduled principal payments due on notes payable are as follows:
| Twelve months ended September 30, | ||||
| 2021 | $ | 294,541 | ||
| 2022 | 187,436 | |||
| $ | 481,977 | |||
Note 8 - Stockholders’ (Deficit)
Capital Stock
The Company has 260,000,000 authorized shares of capital stock, consisting of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company received cash of $5,400 from the exercise of 100,000 options.
Common Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s option activity and related information follows:
| Number
of Shares Under Options |
Range
of Option Price Per Share |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||||||||
| Options Outstanding at December 31, 2019 | 8,425,824 | $ | 0.05 – 0.65 | $ | 0.17 | |||||||
| Options Granted | 350,000 | 0.13 | 0.13 | |||||||||
| Exercised | (100,000 | ) | 0.05 | 0.05 | ||||||||
| Expire/Cancelled | (250,000 | ) | 0.36 | 0.36 | ||||||||
| Options Outstanding at September 30, 2020 | 8,425,824 | $ | 0.05 – 0.65 | $ | 0.13 | |||||||
| Options Exercisable at September 30, 2020 | 4,869,403 | $ | 0.05 – 0.65 | $ | 0.19 | |||||||
Share-based compensation expense for options totaling $116,559 was recognized in our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 based on awards vested.
The valuation methodology used to determine the fair value of the options issued during the year was the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of a number of assumptions including volatility of the stock price, the average risk-free interest rate, and the weighted average expected life of the options.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on zero coupon U.S. Treasury bonds whose maturity period is appropriate for the term of the options.
Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Company’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s calculation of estimated volatility is based on historical stock prices of these peer entities over a period equal to the expected life of the awards. The Company uses the historical volatility of peer entities due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price.
As of September 30, 2020, there was $306,282 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.25 year.
The weighted average fair value of options granted, and the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are set forth in the table below.
| 2020 | ||
| Weighted average fair value of options granted | $0.13 | |
| Risk-free interest rate | 0.66% - 0.83% | |
| Volatility | 221% - 223% | |
| Expected life (years) | 10 | |
| Dividend yield | 0.00% |
Dividends
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of all Common Stock (as defined below), shall entitle its holder to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefore, cash dividends at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the Original Issue Date on the Original Issue Price for such share of Series A Preferred Stock, compounding annually unless paid by the Corporation. Accrued dividends at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were $1,076,874 and $970,997 respectively.
F-21
Note 9 - Litigation
We are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting DSC, its common stock, any of its subsidiaries or of DSC’s or DSC’s subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.
Note 10 – Related Party Transactions
Finance Lease Obligations – Related Party
During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into one related party finance lease obligations. See Note 5 for details.
Nexxis Capital LLC
Charles Piluso and Harold Schwartz collectively own 100% of Nexxis Capital LLC (“Nexxis Capital”). Nexxis Capital was formed to purchase equipment and provide leases to Nexxis Inc.’s customers.
The Company did not receive any funds from Nexxis Capital during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020.
F-22
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Data Storage Corporation and Subsidiary
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Data Storage Corporation and Subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit),and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Rosenberg Rich Baker Berman, P.A. | |
| We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008. | |
| Somerset, New Jersey | |
| April 14, 2020 | |
F-23
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31 | ||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 326,561 | $ | 228,790 | ||||
| Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $30,000 in 2019 and 2018) | 691,436 | 531,245 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 80,728 | 167,891 | ||||||
| Total Current Assets | 1,098,725 | 927,926 | ||||||
| Property and Equipment: | ||||||||
| Property and equipment | 6,894,087 | 5,293,711 | ||||||
| Less—Accumulated depreciation | (4,705,256 | ) | (4,005,338 | ) | ||||
| Net Property and Equipment | 2,188,831 | 1,288,373 | ||||||
| Other Assets: | ||||||||
| Goodwill | 3,015,700 | 3,015,700 | ||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | 324,267 | — | ||||||
| Other assets | 65,433 | 65,433 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net | 649,934 | 846,713 | ||||||
| Total Other Assets | 4,055,334 | 3,927,846 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 7,342,890 | $ | 6,144,145 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | $ | 906,716 | $ | 988,579 | ||||
| Dividend payable | 970,997 | 846,685 | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | 432,942 | 435,406 | ||||||
| Line of Credit | 75,000 | — | ||||||
| Finance leases payable related party | 833,148 | 509,487 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities short term | 101,505 | — | ||||||
| Note payable | 350,000 | 350,000 | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 3,670,308 | 3,130,157 | ||||||
| Deferred Rental obligation | — | 18,890 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities long term | 231,312 | — | ||||||
| Finance leases payable related party, long term | 1,713,122 | 1,218,703 | ||||||
| Total Long Term Liabilities | 1,944,434 | 1,237,593 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities | 5,614,742 | 4,367,750 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity: | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, Series A par value $.001; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,401,786 shares issued and outstanding in each year | 1,402 | 1,402 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $.001; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 128,539,418 and 128,139,418 shares issued and outstanding in 2019 and 2018, respectively | 128,439 | 128,139 | ||||||
| Additional paid in capital | 17,456,431 | 17,409,989 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (15,790,076 | ) | (15,735,624 | ) | ||||
| Total Data Storage Corp Stockholders' Equity | 1,796,196 | 1,803,906 | ||||||
| Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiary | (68,048 | ) | (27,511 | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholder’s Equity | 1,728,148 | 1,776,395 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity | $ | 7,342,890 | $ | 6,144,145 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated Financial Statements.
F-24
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
December 31 | ||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Sales | $ | 8,483,608 | $ | 8,887,402 | ||||
| Cost of sales | 4,746,031 | 5,427,990 | ||||||
| Gross Profit | 3,737,577 | 3,459,412 | ||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | 3,531,053 | 3,124,052 | ||||||
| Income from Operations | 206,524 | 335,360 | ||||||
| Other Income (Expense) | ||||||||
| Interest income | 250 | 99 | ||||||
| Interest expense | (177,451 | ) | (98,788 | ) | ||||
| Total Other Income (Expense) | (177,201 | ) | (98,689 | ) | ||||
| Income before provision for income taxes | 29,323 | 236,671 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | — | — | ||||||
| Net Income | 29,323 | 236,671 | ||||||
| Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiary | 40,537 | 23,122 | ||||||
| Net Income attributable to Data Storage Corp | 69,860 | 259,793 | ||||||
| Preferred Stock Dividends | (124,312 | ) | (113,012 | ) | ||||
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders | $ | (54,452 | ) | $ | 146,781 | |||
| Earnings (Loss) per Share – Basic | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||
| Earnings (Loss) per Share – Diluted | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||
| Weighted Average Number of Shares - Basic | 128,156,678 | 128,139,418 | ||||||
| Weighted Average Number of Shares - Diluted | 128,156,678 | 131,939,979 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated Financial Statements.
F-25
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
| Twelve Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Cash Flows from Operating Activities: | ||||||||
| Net Income | $ | 29,323 | $ | 236,671 | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 896,697 | 602,532 | ||||||
| Stock based compensation | 41,340 | 32,003 | ||||||
| Changes in Assets and Liabilities: | — | — | ||||||
| Accounts receivable | (160,191 | ) | (124,852 | ) | ||||
| Other assets | — | 9,923 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 87,163 | (47,674 | ) | |||||
| Employee loan | — | 3,000 | ||||||
| Right of use asset | (324,267 | ) | — | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | (81,862 | ) | (98,774 | ) | ||||
| Deferred revenue | (2,464 | ) | (89,353 | ) | ||||
| Deferred rent | (18,890 | ) | 17,829 | |||||
| Operating lease liability | 332,817 | — | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities | 799,666 | 541,305 | ||||||
| Cash Flows from Investing Activities: | ||||||||
| Capital expenditures | (40,355 | ) | (69,783 | ) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | (40,355 | ) | (69,783 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows from Financing Activities: | ||||||||
| Repayments of capital lease obligations | (741,940 | ) | (347,871 | ) | ||||
| Cash received for the exercised of options | 5,400 | — | ||||||
| Advance from Credit Line | 75,000 | — | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Financing Activities | (661,540 | ) | (347,871 | ) | ||||
| Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents | 97,771 | 123,651 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year | 228,790 | 105,139 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year | $ | 326,561 | $ | 228,790 | ||||
| Supplemental Disclosures: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | 177,451 | $ | 98,788 | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | — | $ | 5,604 | ||||
| Non-cash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||
| Accrual of preferred stock dividend | $ | 124,312 | $ | 113,012 | ||||
| Assets acquired by finance lease | $ | 1,560,021 | $ | — | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated Financial Statements.
F-26
DATA STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019
| Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-in | Accumulated | Non-Controlling | Total Stockholders’ Equity/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Interest | (Deficit) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, January 1, 2018 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | $ | 128,139 | $ | 17,377,986 | $ | (15,924,376 | ) | $ | (4,389 | ) | $ | 1,578,762 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based Compensation | — | — | — | — | 32,003 | — | — | 32,003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income | — | — | — | — | 259,793 | (23,122 | ) | 236,671 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cum Adj Adoption of ASC606 | — | — | — | — | — | 41,971 | — | 41,971 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (113,012 | ) | — | (113,012 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2018 | 1,401,786 | 1,402 | 128,139,418 | 128,139 | 17,409,989 | (15,735,624 | ) | (27,511 | ) | 1,776,395 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock Options Issued as Compensation | — | — | — | — | 15,342 | — | — | 15,342 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common Stock Issued as Compensation | — | — | 200,000 | 200 | 25,800 | — | — | 26,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock Options Exercise | 100,000 | 100 | 5,300 | — | — | 5,400 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income | — | — | — | — | — | 69,860 | (40,537 | ) | 29,323 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | — | — | — | — | — | (124,312 | ) | — | (124,312 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2019 | 1,401,786 | $ | 1,402 | 128,439,418 | $ | 128,439 | $ | 17,456,431 | $ | (15,790,076 | ) | $ | (68,048 | ) | $ | 1,728,148 | ||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated Financial Statements
F-27
DATA
STORAGE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Note 1 - Basis of Presentation, Organization and Other Matters
Data Storage Corporation ("DSC" or the "Company") provides subscription based, long term agreements for disaster recovery solutions, Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and VoIP type solutions.
Headquartered in Melville, NY, with additional offices in Warwick, RI, DSC offers solutions and services to businesses within the healthcare, banking and finance, distribution services, manufacturing, construction, education, and government industries.
DSC derives its revenues from subscription services and solutions, managed services, software and maintenance, equipment and onboarding provisioning. DSC maintains infrastructure and storage equipment in several technical centers in New York, Massachusetts, Texas, and North Carolina.
Going Concern Analysis
Under ASU 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) (“ASC 205-40”), the Company has the responsibility to evaluate whether conditions and/or events raise substantial doubt about its ability to meet its future financial obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. As required by ASC 205-40, this evaluation shall initially not take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. Management has assessed the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with the requirement of ASC 205-40.
As reflected in the consolidated financial statements, the Company had a net income (loss) available to shareholders of $(54,452) and $146,781 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, DSC had cash of $326,561 and a working capital deficiency of $2,571,583. As a result, these conditions raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company generated cash from operations of $799,666 with continued revenue growth of subscription solutions as well as improved gross profit margins. Further, the company has no capital expenditure commitments and the company’s offices have been consolidated and fully staffed and with sufficient room for growth.
If necessary, management also determined that it is probable that related party sources of debt financing and capitalized leases can be renegotiated based on management’s history of being able to raise and refinance debt through related parties.
As a result of the current favorable trends of improving cash flow, the Company concluded that the initial conditions which raised substantial doubt regarding the ability to continue as a going concern has been mitigated.
F-28
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of (i) the Company, (ii) its wholly-owned subsidiary, Data Storage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and (iii) its majority-owned subsidiary, Nexxis, a Nevada corporation. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Business combinations.
We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to recognize separately from goodwill, the assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets, acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, restructuring liabilities, pre-acquisition contingencies, and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts and acquired technologies, and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
Recently Issued and Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In addition, this guidance requires new or expanded disclosures related to the judgments made by companies when following this framework and additional quantitative disclosures regarding contract balances and remaining performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 may be applied using either a full retrospective approach, under which all years included in the financial statements will be presented under the revised guidance, or a modified retrospective approach, under which financial statements will be prepared under the revised guidance for the year of adoption, but not for prior years. Under the latter method, entities will recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the effective date for contracts that still require performance by the entity.
ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. The Company developed an implementation plan to adopt this new guidance, which included an assessment of the impact of the new guidance on our financial position and results of operations. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and for all open contracts and related amendments as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method.
F-29
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (“ASC 842”), which supersedes FASB ASC 840, Leases and provides principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The standard is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted upon issuance. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019 and recognized operating lease liabilities of $319,236 with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining rental payments of our office locations.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory”, which eliminates the exception that prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income tax effects for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and an entity should apply the amendments of ASU 2017-04 on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
F-30
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260”), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), and Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). ASU 2017-11 is intended to simplify the accounting for financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. Among the issues addressed are: (i) determining whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock; (ii) distinguishing liabilities from equity for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities; and (iii) identifying mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests. ASU 2017-11 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement - Disclosure Framework (Topic 820). The updated guidance improves the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. We do not believe the updated guidance, which is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This guidance requires companies to apply the internal-use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40 to implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to determine whether to capitalize certain implementation costs or expense them as incurred. We do not believe the new guidance, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the requirements of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The objective of this ASU, along with several related ASUs issued subsequently, is to increase transparency and comparability between organizations that enter into lease agreements. For lessees, the key difference of the new standard from the previous guidance (Topic 840) is the recognition of a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet. The most significant change is the requirement to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases classified as operating leases. The standard requires disclosures to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. As part of the transition to the new standard, the Company was required to measure and recognize leases that existed at January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at the effective date. The Company has elected not to recognize a ROU asset and obligation for leases with an initial term of twelve months or less. The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the recognition of an operating ROU asset and operating lease liability of $351,699 and $356,689, respectively as of January 1, 2019.
F-31
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been reclassified where necessary to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not affect the prior period total assets, total liabilities, stockholders’ deficit, net loss or net cash used in operating activities.
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, line of credit and due to related parties. Management believes the estimated fair value of these accounts at December 31, 2019 approximate their carrying value as reflected in the balance sheets due to the short-term nature of these instruments or the use of market interest rates for debt instruments. The carrying values of certain of the Company’s notes payable and capital lease obligations approximate their fair values based upon a comparison of the interest rate and terms of such debt given the level of risk to the rates and terms of similar debt currently available to the Company in the marketplace.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity or remaining maturity at the time of purchase, of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments and assets subjecting the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at major U.S. financial institutions. Deposits in these institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits.
The Company’s customers are primarily concentrated in the United States.
The Company provides credit in the normal course of business. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, DSC had three customers with an accounts receivable balance representing 38% of total accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2018, DSC had one customer with an accounts receivable balance representing 11% of total accounts receivable.
Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company sells its services to customers on an open credit basis. Accounts receivable are uncollateralized, non-interest-bearing customer obligations. Accounts receivables are typically due within 30 days. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the estimated accounts receivable that will not be collected due to credit losses and allowances. Provisions for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable are made for individual accounts based upon specific facts and circumstances including criteria such as their age, amount, and customer standing. Provisions are also made for other accounts receivable not specifically reviewed based upon historical experience. Clients are invoiced in advance for services as reflected in deferred revenue on the Company’s balance sheet.
F-32
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. Estimated useful lives in years for depreciation are 5 to 7 years for property and equipment. Additions, betterments and replacements are capitalized, while expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations when incurred. As units of property are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.
In December 2017, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act) was enacted into law and the new legislation contains several key tax provisions that affected us, including a reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018, among others. We are required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, such as determining the transition tax, re-measuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as reassessing the net realizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Per FASB ASC 740-10, disclosure is not required of an uncertain tax position unless it is considered probable that a claim will be asserted and there is a more-likely-than-not possibility that the outcome will be unfavorable. Using this guidance, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Company’s 2018, 2017 and 2016 Federal and State tax returns remain subject to examination by their respective taxing authorities. Neither of the Company’s Federal or State tax returns are currently under examination.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
In accordance with GAAP, the Company tests goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on at least an annual basis. Goodwill impairment exists if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The impairment testing is performed in two steps: (i) the Company determines impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, and (ii) if there is impairment, the Company measures the amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. To determine the fair value of these intangible assets, the Company uses many assumptions and estimates using a market participant approach that directly impact the results of the testing. In making these assumptions and estimates, the Company uses industry accepted valuation models and set criteria that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management.
F-33
Revenue Recognition
Nature of goods and services
The following is a description of the products and services from which the Company generates revenue, as well as the nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, and significant payment terms for each:
| 1) | Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and Disaster Recovery Revenue |
Subscription services such as Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a Service and Disaster Recovery, High Availability, Data Vault Services and DRaaS type solutions (cloud) allows clients to centralize and streamline their technical and mission critical digital information and technical environment. Client’s data can be backed up, replicated, archived and restored to meet their back to work objective in a disaster. Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) assist clients to achieve reliable and cost-effective computing and high availability solutions while eliminating or supplementing Capex.
| 2) | Managed Services |
These services are performed at the inception of a contract. The Company offers professional assistance to its clients during the installation processes. On-boarding and set-up services ensure that the solution or software is installed properly and function as designed to provide clients with the best solutions. In addition, clients that are managed service clients have a requirement for DSC to offer time and material billing.
The Company also derives revenues in the area from providing support and management of its software to clients. The managed services include help desk, remote access, annual recovery tests and manufacturer support for equipment and on-gong monitoring of client system performance.
| 3) | Equipment and Software Revenue |
The Company provides equipment and software and actively participate in collaboration with IBM to provide innovative business solutions to clients. The company is a partner of IBM and the various software solutions provided to clients.
Disaggregation of revenue
In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by major product line, geography, and timing of revenue recognition (in thousands of USD).
| For the Year | ||||||||||||
| Ended December 31, 2019 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 5,223,868 | $ | 213,816 | $ | 5,437,684 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 1,784,658 | — | 1,784,658 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 365,767 | — | 365,767 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 411,475 | — | 411,475 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 484,024 | — | 484,024 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 8,269,792 | $ | 213,816 | $ | 8,483,608 | ||||||
| For the Year | ||||||||||||
| Ended December 31, 2018 | ||||||||||||
| United States | International | Total | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure & Disaster Recovery/Cloud Service | $ | 4,530,722 | $ | 85,985 | $ | 4,616,707 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 3,221,704 | — | 3,221,704 | |||||||||
| Managed Services | 603,716 | — | 603,716 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 315,658 | — | 315,658 | |||||||||
| Nexxis VoIP Services | 129,617 | — | 129,617 | |||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 8,801,417 | $ | 85,985 | $ | 8,887,402 | ||||||
| For the Year | ||||||||
| Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| Timing of revenue recognition | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||
| Products transferred at a point in time | $ | 2,196,133 | $ | 3,537,362 | ||||
| Products and services transferred over time | 6,287,475 | 5,350,040 | ||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 8,483,608 | $ | 8,887,402 | ||||
Contract receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and are uncollateralized, non-interest-bearing client obligations. Provisions for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable are made for individual accounts based upon specific facts and circumstances including criteria such as their age, amount, and client standing.
Sales are generally recorded in the month the service is provided. For clients who are billed on an annual basis, deferred revenue is recorded and amortized over the life of the contract.
F-34
Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations
The Company has the following performance obligations:
| 1) | Disaster Recovery (“DR”): subscription-based service that instantly encrypted and transfers data to secure location further replicates the data to a second DSC data center where it remains encrypted. Provides 10 hour or less recovery time |
| 2) | Data Vaulting: subscription-based cloud backup solution that uses advanced data reduction technology to shorten restore time |
| 3) | High Availability (“HA”): subscription-based service which offers cost-effective mirroring replication technology and provides one (1) hour or less recovery time |
| 4) | Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”): subscription-based service offers “capacity on-demand” for IBM Power and Intel server systems |
| 5) | Message Logic: subscription-based service offers cost effective email archiving, data analytics, compliance monitoring and retrieval of email messages which cannot be deleted |
| 6) | Internet: subscription-based service offers continuous internet connection in the event of outages |
| 7) | Support and Maintenance: subscription-based service offers support for servers, firewalls, desktops or software and ad hoc support and help desk |
| 8) | Initial Set-Up Fees: on boarding and set-up services |
| 9) | Equipment sales: sale of servers to the end user |
| 10) | License: granting SSL certificates and other licenses |
Disaster Recovery with Stand-By Servers, High Availability, Data Vaulting, IaaS, Message Logic, Support and Maintenance, and Internet
Subscription services such as the above allows clients to access a set of data or receive services for a predetermined period of time. As the client obtains access at a point in time but continues to have access for the remainder of the subscription period, the client is considered to simultaneously receive and consume the benefits provided by the entity’s performance as the entity performs. Accordingly, the related performance obligation is considered to be satisfied ratably over the contract term. As the performance obligation is satisfied evenly across the term of the contract, revenue should be recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term.
Initial Set-Up Fees
The Company accounts for set-up fees as separate performance obligation. Set-up services are performed one time and accordingly the revenue should be recognized at the point in time that the service is performed, and the Company is entitled to the payment.
Equipment sales
For the Equipment sales performance obligation, the control of the product transfers at a point in time (i.e., when the goods have been shipped or delivered to the client’s location, depending on shipping terms). Noting that the satisfaction of the performance obligation, in this sense, does not occur over time as defined within ASC 606-10-25-27 through 29, the performance obligation is considered to be satisfied at a point in time (ASC 606-10-25-30) when the obligation to the client has been fulfilled (i.e., when the goods have left the shipping facility or delivered to the client, depending on shipping terms).
License – granting SSL certificates and other licenses
In the case of Licensing performance obligation, the control of the product transfers either at point in time or over time depending on the nature of the license. The revenue standard identifies two types of licenses of IP: a right to access IP and a right to use IP. To assist in determining whether a license provides a right to use or a right to access IP, ASC 606 defines two categories of IP: Functional and Symbolic. The Company’s license arrangements typically do not require the Company to make its proprietary content available to the client either through a download or through a direct connection. Throughout the life of the contract the Company does not continue to provide updates or upgrades to the license granted. Based on the guidance, the Company considers its license offerings to be akin to functional IP and will recognize revenue at the point in time the license is granted and/or renewed for a new period.
Payment terms
The terms of the contracts typical range from 12 to 36 months with auto-renew options. The Company invoices clients one month in advance for its services plus any overages or additional services provided.
Warranties
The Company offers guaranteed service levels and performance and service guarantees on some of its contracts. These warrantees are not sold separately and according to ASC 606-10-50-12(a) are accounted as “assurance warranties”.
F-35
Significant judgement
In the instances that contract have multiple performance obligation, the Company uses judgment to establish stand-alone price for each performance obligation separately. The price for each performance obligation is determined by reviewing market data for similar services as well as the Company’s historical pricing of each individual service. The sum of each performance obligation was calculated to determine the aggregate price for the individual services. Next the proportion of each individual service to the aggregate price was determined. That ratio was applied to the total contract price in order to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-35, we review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset might not be recoverable. An impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value, is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses the costs associated with advertising as they are incurred. The Company incurred a net impact of $259,920 and $216,784 for advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Stock Based Compensation
DSC follows the requirements of FASB ASC 718-10-10, Share Based Payments with regards to stock-based compensation issued to employees. DSC has agreements and arrangements that call for stock to be awarded to the employees and consultants at various times as compensation and periodic bonuses. The expense for this stock-based compensation is equal to the fair value of the stock price on the day the stock was awarded multiplied by the number of shares awarded.
The valuation methodology used to determine the fair value of the options issued during the year was the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of a number of assumptions including volatility of the stock price, the average risk- free interest rate, and the weighted average expected life of the options. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on continuously compounded risk–free rates for the appropriate term. The dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid or declared any cash dividends on its Common stock and does not intend to pay dividends on its Common stock in the foreseeable future. The expected forfeiture rate is estimated based on management’s best estimate.
Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which DSC’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. DSC’s calculation of estimated volatility is based on historical stock prices of these entities over a period equal to the expected life of the awards. DSC uses the historical volatility of peer entities due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price.
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
In accordance with FASB ASC 260-10-5 Earnings Per Share, basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) adjusted for income or loss that would result from the assumed conversion of potential common shares from contracts that may be settled in stock or cash by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period.
The following table sets forth the information needed to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Available to Common Shareholders | $ | (54,452 | ) | $ | 146,781 | |||
| Weighted average number of common shares - basic | 128,156,678 | 128,139,418 | ||||||
| Dilutive securities | ||||||||
| Options | — | 3,667,227 | ||||||
| Warrants | — | 133,334 | ||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares - diluted | 128,156,678 | 131,939,979 | ||||||
| Earnings (Loss) per share, basic | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||
| Earnings (Loss) per share, diluted | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||
The following table sets forth the number of potential shares of common stock that have been excluded from diluted net income (loss) per share net income (loss) per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Options | 8,425,824 | 2,098,292 | ||||||
| Warrants | 133,334 | — | ||||||
| 8,559,158 | 2,098,292 | |||||||
F-36
Note 3 - Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Storage equipment | $ | 756,236 | $ | 756,236 | ||||
| Website and software | 533,417 | 533,418 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | 27,131 | 25,975 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements | 16,846 | 13,104 | ||||||
| Computer hardware and software | 1,218,464 | 1,211,658 | ||||||
| Data center equipment | 4,341,993 | 2,753,320 | ||||||
| 6,894,087 | 5,293,711 | |||||||
| Less: Accumulated depreciation | 4,705,256 | 4,005,338 | ||||||
| Net property and equipment | $ | 2,188,831 | $ | 1,288,373 | ||||
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $699,918 and $405,199, respectively.
Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets consisted of the following:
| Intangible assets not subject to amortization | ||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill | Indefinite | $ | 3,015,700 | $ | — | $ | 3,015,700 | |||||||||
| Trademarks | Indefinite | 294,268 | — | 294,268 | ||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets not subject to amortization | 3,309,968 | — | 3,309,968 | |||||||||||||
| Intangible assets subject to amortization | ||||||||||||||||
| Customer lists | 5 - 15 | 897,274 | 897,274 | — | ||||||||||||
| ABC acquired contracts | 5 | 310,000 | 196,334 | 113,666 | ||||||||||||
| SIAS acquired contracts | 5 | 660,000 | 418,000 | 242,000 | ||||||||||||
| Non-compete agreements | 4 | 272,147 | 272,147 | - | ||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets subject to amortization | 2,139,421 | 1,783,755 | 355,666 | |||||||||||||
| Total Goodwill and Intangible Assets | $ | 5,449,389 | $ | 1,783,755 | $ | 3,665,634 |
Scheduled amortization over the next two years as follows:
| Years ending December 31, | ||||
| 2020 | $ | 194,000 | ||
| 2021 | 161,666 | |||
| Total | $ | 355,666 | ||
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $196,779 and $197,333 respectively.
F-37
Note 5 –Leases
Operating Leases
The Company currently has three leases for office space, with two offices located in Melville, NY, and one office in Warwick, RI.
The first lease for office space in Melville, NY, was assumed as part of the Company’s acquisition of ABC in 2016, and called for monthly payments of $8,382 and expiring August 31, 2019. Upon termination of the lease in August 2019, the Company entered into a new lease for a technology lab in a smaller space commencing on September 1, 2019. The term of this lease is for three years and 11 months and runs co-terminus with our existing lease in the same building. The base annual rent is $10,764 payable in equal monthly installments of $897.
A second lease for office space in Melville, NY, was entered into on November 20, 2017, which commenced on April 2, 2018. The term of this lease is five years and three months at $86,268 per year with an escalation of 3% per year with an ending date of July 31, 2023.
The Company leases rack space in New York, Massachusetts, Texas and North Carolina. These leases are month to month and the monthly rent is approximately $25,000.
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a new rack space lease agreement in Dallas, TX. The lease term is 13 months and requires monthly payments of $1,905.
The lease for office space in Warwick, RI, calls for monthly payments of $2,324 beginning February 1, 2015 which escalated to $2,460 on February 1, 2017. This lease commenced on February 1, 2015 and expired on January 31, 2019. The Company extended this lease until January 31, 2020. The annual base rent shall be $30,348 payable in equal monthly installments of $2,529.
Finance Lease Obligations – Related Party
On April 1, 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. (“Systems Trading”) to refinance all leases into one lease. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with bi-monthly installments of $23,475. The lease carries an interest rate of 5% and is a four -year lease. The term of the lease ends April 16, 2022. Systems Trading is owned and operated by the Company’s President, Hal Schwartz.
On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Systems Trading. This lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $29,592. The lease carries an interest rate of 6.75% and is a five-year lease. The term of the lease ends December 31, 2023.
On April 1, 2019, the Company entered into two lease agreements with Systems Trading to add new data center equipment. The first lease calls for monthly payments of $1,328 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 7%. The second lease calls for monthly payments of $461 and expires on March 1, 2022. It carries an interest rate of 6.7%.
On January 1, 2020, the Company entered into a new lease agreement with Systems Trading Inc. to lease equipment. The lease obligation is payable to Systems Trading with monthly installments of $10,534. The lease carries an interest rate of 6% and is a three-year lease. The term of the lease ends January 1, 2023.
We determine if an arrangement contains a lease at inception. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. Our lease term includes options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, per the election of the practical expedient noted above. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. We recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We recognize variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate are initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date, otherwise variable lease payments are recognized in the period incurred. A discount rate of 7% was used in preparation of the ROU asset and operating liabilities.
The components of lease expense were as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, 2019 | ||||
| Finance lease: | ||||
| Amortization of assets, included in depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 674,040 | ||
| Interest on lease liabilities, included in interest expense | 174,322 | |||
| Operating lease: | ||||
| Amortization of assets, included in total operating expense | 69,428 | |||
| Interest on lease liabilities, included in total operating expense | 24,168 | |||
| Total net lease cost | $ | 941,958 | ||
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows
Operating Leases
| Operating lease ROU asset | $ | 324,267 | ||
| Current operating lease liabilities | 101,505 | |||
| Noncurrent operating lease liabilities | 231,312 | |||
| Total operating lease liabilities | $ | 332,817 |
F-38
| December 31, 2019 | ||||
| Finance leases: | ||||
| Property and equipment, at cost | $ | 3,596,400 | ||
| Accumulated amortization | (1,524,552 | ) | ||
| Property and equipment, net | 2,071,848 | |||
| Current obligations of finance leases | $ | 833,148 | ||
| Finance leases, net of current obligations, | 1,713,122 | |||
| Total finance lease liabilities | $ | 2,546,270 | ||
Supplemental cash flow and other information related to leases was as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, 2019 | ||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: | ||||
| Operating cash flows related to operating leases | $ | 8,550 | ||
| Financing cash flows related to finance leases | $ | 741,940 | ||
| Weighted average remaining lease term (in years): | ||||
| Operating leases | 8.12 | |||
| Finance leases | 2.71 | |||
| Weighted average discount rate: | ||||
| Operating leases | 7.00 | % | ||
| Finance leases | 6.00 | % | ||
Long-term obligations under the operating and finance leases at December 31, 2019 mature as follows:
| For the Year ending December 31, | Operating Leases | Finance Leases | ||||||
| 2020 | $ | 101,505 | $ | 939,972 | ||||
| 2021 | 104,549 | 939,972 | ||||||
| 2022 | 107,718 | 571,498 | ||||||
| 2023 | 64,284 | 355,104 | ||||||
| 2024 | — | — | ||||||
| Total lease payments | 378,055 | 2,806,546 | ||||||
| Less: Amounts representing interest | (45,239 | ) | (260,276 | ) | ||||
| Total lease obligations | 332,817 | 2,546,270 | ||||||
| Less: Current | (101,505 | ) | (833,148 | ) | ||||
| $ | 231,312 | $ | 1,713,122 | |||||
As of December 31, 2019, we had no additional significant operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced. Rent expense under all operating leases for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $228,881 and $251,814, respectively.
Note 6 - Commitments and Contingencies
Revolving Credit Facility
On January 31, 2008, the Company entered into a revolving credit line with a bank. The credit facility provides for $100,000 at prime plus 0.5% and is secured by all assets of the Company and personally guaranteed by the Company’s principal shareholder. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018 the balance was $75,000 and $0 respectively.
Note 7 – Long Term Debt
Note Payable
In connection with the 2012 acquisition of Message Logic, LLC, the Company acquired software subject to a UCC filing in the amount of $350,000 plus accrued interest. On September 5, 2014 the Company entered into an agreement whereby the Company paid all arrears interest over 7 months at $3,910 per month. In addition, the Company agreed to make monthly interest payments at $1,553 per month with the principal balance of $350,000 payable on April 30, 2016. The Company stopped making interest only payments on October 25, 2018. There has been no default notice from the bank. The Company is in the process of negotiating a final settlement.
Note 8 - Stockholders’ (Deficit)
Capital Stock
The Company has 260,000,000 authorized shares of capital stock, consisting of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
F-39
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued to its Chief Technology Officer 200,000 shares of common stock as compensation with a total value of $26,000.
Common Stock Options
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
In October 2008, the Company adopted, the Euro Trend, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan). Under the 2008 Plan, we may grant options (including incentive stock options) to purchase our common stock or restricted stock awards to our employees, consultants or non-employee directors. The 2008 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. Awards may be granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan for 10 years from the effective date of the 2008 Plan. Any grant under the 2008 Plan may be repriced, replaced or regranted at the discretion of the Board of Directors. From time to time, we may issue awards pursuant to the 2008 Plan.
The material terms of options granted under the 2008 Plan (all of which have been nonqualified stock options) are consistent with the terms described in the footnotes to the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End December 31, 2017” table below, including five-year graded vesting schedules and exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock grants made under the 2008 Plan have not been subject to vesting requirements. The 2008 Plan was terminated with respect to the issuance of new awards as of February 3, 2013. There are 369,839 options outstanding under the 2008 Plan as of December 31, 2019.
2010 Incentive Award Plan
On August 12, 2010, the Company adopted the Data Storage Corporation 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”) with 2,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the 2010 Plan. On April 23, 2012, the Company amended and restated the 2010 Plan to change the name of the 2010 Plan to the “Amended and Restated Data Storage Corporation Incentive Award Plan” (the “Plan”). On September 25, 2013, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 5,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan. On June 20, 2017, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 8,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan. On July 1, 2019, by written consent in lieu of a meeting by the stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors in lieu of a meeting, the Plan was amended and restated to reserve 10,000,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the terms of the Plan The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining exceptional employees, consultants, directors, officers and independent contractors (collectively referred to as the “Participants”) and enabling such Participants to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. Under the Plan, the Company may grant stock options, which are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards, which are restricted shares of common stock (collectively referred to as “Incentive Awards”). Incentive Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan for 10 years from the Effective Date. From time to time, we may issue Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan. Each of the awards will be evidenced by and issued under a written agreement. There are 8,305,985 options outstanding under the Plan as of December 31, 2019.
If an incentive award granted under the Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to us in connection with an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for future awards under the Plan. The number of shares subject to the Plan, and the number of shares and terms of any Incentive Award may be adjusted in the event of any change in our outstanding common stock by reason of any stock dividend, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, liquidation, business combination or exchange of shares, or similar transaction.
There are 1,944,015 shares available for future grants under the plans.
A summary of the Company’s option activity and related information follows:
| Number
of Shares Under Options |
Range
of Option Price Per Share |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||||||||
| Options Outstanding at January 1, 2018 | 5,052,148 | $ | 0.02 – 0.85 | $ | 0.28 | |||||||
| Options Granted | 1,022,004 | 0.35 – 0.65 | 0.37 | |||||||||
| Expired/Cancelled | (308,633 | ) | 0.02 – 0.14 | 0.27 | ||||||||
| Options Outstanding at December 31, 2018 | 5,765,519 | $ | 0.02 – 0.65 | $ | 0.26 | |||||||
| Options Granted | 2,852,537 | 0.05 | 0.05 | |||||||||
| Exercised | (100,000 | ) | 0.05 | 0.05 | ||||||||
| Expire/Cancelled | (92,232 | ) | 0.05 | 0.05 | ||||||||
| Options Outstanding at December 31, 2019 | 8,425,824 | $ | 0.05 – 0.65 | $ | 0.17 | |||||||
| Options Exercisable at December 31, 2019 | 4,599,199 | $ | 0.05 – 0.65 | $ | 0.21 | |||||||
Share-based compensation expense for options totaling $15,340 and $32,003 was recognized in our results for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively based on awards vested.
The valuation methodology used to determine the fair value of the options issued during the year was the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of a number of assumptions including volatility of the stock price, the average risk-free interest rate, and the weighted average expected life of the options.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on zero coupon U.S. Treasury bonds whose maturity period is appropriate for the term of the options.
F-40
Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Company’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s calculation of estimated volatility is based on historical stock prices of these peer entities over a period equal to the expected life of the awards. The Company uses the historical volatility of peer entities due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price.
As of December 31, 2019, there was $378,360 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3 year.
The weighted average fair value of options granted, and the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model during the year ended December 31, 2019 are set forth in the table below.
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Weighted average fair value of options granted | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.05 | ||||
| Risk-free interest rate | 1.79 | % | 2.86 | % | ||||
| Volatility | 225 | % | 85 | % | ||||
| Expected life (years) | 10 | 10 | ||||||
| Dividend yield | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||
Common Stock Warrants
A summary of the Company’s warrant activity and related information follows:
| Number of Shares Under Warrants | Range of Warrants Price Per Share | Weighted Average Exercise Price | ||||||||||
| Warrants Outstanding at January 1, 2018 | 133,334 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | |||||||
| Warrants Granted | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Warrants Outstanding at December 31, 2018 | 133,334 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | |||||||
| Warrants Granted | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Warrants Outstanding at December 31, 2019 | 133,334 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | |||||||
| Warrants Exercisable at December 31, 2019 | 133,334 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | |||||||
Preferred Stock
Liquidation preference
Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder, an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the Original Issue Price for such share of Series A Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such share of Series A Preferred Stock as of the date of the Liquidation Event.
Conversion
The number of shares of Common Stock to which a share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted shall be the product obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of such share of Series A Preferred Stock by the then-effective Conversion Price (as defined herein) for such share of Series A Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.02 and shall be adjusted from time to time.
Voting
Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes, upon any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation (or action taken by written consent in lieu of any such meeting) equal to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock could be converted.
F-41
Dividends
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of all Common Stock (as defined below), shall entitle its holder to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefore, cash dividends at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the Original Issue Date on the Original Issue Price for such share of Series A Preferred Stock, compounding annually unless paid by the Corporation. Accrued dividends at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $970,997 and $846,685, respectively.
Note 9 - Income Taxes
Due to losses, the Company did not have current income tax expense.
The components of deferred taxes are as follows:
Deferred Tax Assets:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Net operating loss carry-forward | $ | 1,419,000 | $ | 1,369,024 | ||||
| Less: valuation allowance | (1,419,000 | ) | (1,369,024 | ) | ||||
| Net deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
The Company had federal and state net operating tax loss carry-forwards of $5,128,000 and $4,670,000, respectively as of December 31, 2019. The tax loss carry-forwards are available to offset future taxable income with the federal and state carry-forwards beginning to expire in 2028.
In 2019 and 2018, net deferred tax assets did not change due to the full allowance. The gross amount of the asset is entirely due to the net operating loss carry forward. The realization of the tax benefits is subject to the sufficiency of taxable income in future years. The combined deferred tax assets represent the amounts expected to be realized before expiration.
The Company periodically assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. The Company considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible profits. As a result of this analysis of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax assets will ultimately not be recovered and, accordingly, a valuation allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
F-42
The difference between the expected income tax expense (benefit) and the actual tax expense (benefit) computed by using the Federal statutory rate of 21% is as follows:
| Expected income tax benefit (loss) at statutory rate of 21% | $ | 22,000 | $ | 44,303 | ||||
| State and local tax benefit, net of federal | 7,500 | 14,979 | ||||||
| Change in valuation account | (29,500 | ) | (59,282 | ) | ||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | $ | — | $ | — |
Note 10 - Litigation
We are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting DSC, its common stock, any of its subsidiaries or of DSC’s or DSC’s subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.
Note 11 – Related Party Transactions
Finance Lease Obligations – Related Party
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company entered into three different related party finance lease obligations. See Note 5 for details.
Nexxis Capital
Charles Piluso and Harold Schwartz collectively own 100% of Nexxis Capital LLC (“Nexxis Capital”). Nexxis Capital was formed to purchase equipment and provide leases to Nexxis Inc.’s customers.
The Company received funds of $12,794 during the year-ended December 31, 2019.
Note 12 - Subsequent Events
On February 7, 2020, options were exercised to obtain 100,000 shares of common stock. These options were exercised at $0.054.
F-43
[ ] Units
Each Unit Consisting of
One Share of Common Stock and
One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
Lead Book-Running Manager
Maxim Group LLC
, 2021
Through and including , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth an itemization of the various expenses, all of which we will pay, in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the SEC Registration Fee and the FINRA filing fee.
| Approximate | ||||
| Amount | ||||
| SEC Registration Fee | $ | 2,694.78 | ||
| Nasdaq listing fees | * | |||
| FINRA filing fee | $ | 4,205.00 | ||
| Fees of transfer agent and warrant agent | * | |||
| Accounting fees | * | |||
| Legal fees and expenses | * | |||
| Miscellaneous | * | |||
| Total | $ | |||
* To be added by amendment.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Nevada law provides that a Nevada corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation (i.e., a “non-derivative proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if he or she:
| ● | Is not liable under Section 78.138 of the Nevada Revised Statutes for breach of his or her fiduciary duties to the corporation; or | |
| ● | Acted in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. |
In addition, a Nevada corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (i.e., a “derivative proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he:
| ● | Is not liable under Section 78.138 of the Nevada Revised Statute for breach of his or her fiduciary duties to the corporation; or | |
| ● | Acted in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. |
Under Nevada law, indemnification may not be made for any claim, issue or matter as to which such a person has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction determines upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.
To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any non-derivative proceeding or any derivative proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation is obligated to indemnify him or her against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense.
II-1
Further, Nevada law permits a Nevada corporation to purchase and maintain insurance or to make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against him or her and liability and expenses incurred by him or her in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation has the authority to indemnify him or her against such liability and expenses.
Under our articles of incorporation, as amended, the liability of our officers and directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law. If Nevada law is amended to further eliminate or limit, or authorize further corporate action to further eliminate or limit, the liability of officers and directors, the liability of officers and directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law then in effect.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors pursuant to which the Company agrees to indemnify said officer or director, to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, against any and all losses resulting from any claims relating to the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company. The indemnitee will be fully indemnified for any claims (i) to the extent that he or she was successful on the merits in defense of said claims in a court of law; or (ii) to the extent that he or she is serving as a witness and not as a party, in connection with said claim. If items (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Company will indemnify its directors and officers for any losses resulting from any claims, so long as they have complied with the applicable standard of conduct under Nevada law as determined by (i) a majority vote of disinterested directors; or (ii) the written opinion of independent counsel, as applicable. The indemnification agreement also provides the officer or director with the right to request that we advance their expenses prior to final disposition of the claim so long as they execute an undertaking to repay all advances in the event that a Nevada court ultimately determines that they were not entitled indemnification. The officer or director is required under the indemnification agreement to give us notice in writing of a claim as soon as practicable and we are not responsible to provide indemnification if we were not given a reasonable and timely opportunity to participate in the defense of the claim at our own expense.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
The Company plans to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection with this offering that provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Company’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In the three (3) years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act. The information provided below does not give effect to the proposed reverse stock split described in the accompanying prospectus.
Common Stock
| ● | On December 11, 2019, we issued 200,000 shares of our common stock to an employee as compensation. |
| ● | On December 30, 2019, we issued 100,000 shares of our common stock to an employee in connection with the cash exercise of stock options by such employee for total proceeds to the Company of $5,400. |
| ● | On February 18, 2020, we issued 100,000 shares of our common stock to an employee in connection with the cash exercise of stock options by such employee for total proceeds to the Company of $5,400. |
2018 Incentive Plan-Related Issuances
From January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018, we issued to our directors, employees, and channel partners options to purchase an aggregate of 1,022,004 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.05 under the Company’s Amended and Restated Data Storage Corporation Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”).
2019 Incentive Plan-Related Issuances
From January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019, we issued to our directors, employees, and channel partners options to purchase an aggregate of 2,850,000 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.054 to $0.06 under the Plan.
2020 Incentive Plan-Related Issuances
From January 1, 2020 through the date of the prospectus, we issued to our directors, employees, and channel partners options to purchase an aggregate of 350,000 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $0.13 under the Plan.
The securities described in this section were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The recipients of the securities in the transactions described above acquired the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities issued in such transactions.
II-2
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
| (a) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: |
| (1) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
| (i) | To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); |
| (ii) | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; |
| (iii) | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; |
| (2) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
| (3) | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
| (4) | That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use. |
| (5) | That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
| (i) | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
| (ii) | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
| (iii) | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
| (iv) | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
| (b) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
II-3
The following exhibits to this registration statement are being filed with the Commission as exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 and are incorporated by reference.
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
II-4
| * | Filed herewith |
| + | To be filed by amendment |
| # | Denotes management compensation plan or contract |
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Melville, State of New York, on February 12, 2021.
| DATA STORAGE CORPORATION | |
| /s/ Charles M. Piluso | |
| Charles M. Piluso | |
| Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each of the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Charles M. Piluso his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post effective amendments) to this registration statement, or any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and desirable to be done in as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and things that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Each of the undersigned has executed this power of attorney as of the date indicated.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ Charles M. Piluso | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Charles M. Piluso | (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | |||
| /s/ Harold Schwartz | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Harold Schwartz | ||||
| /s/ Thomas Kempster | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Thomas Kempster | ||||
| /s/ John Argen | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| John Argen | ||||
| /s/ Joseph Hoffman | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Joseph Hoffman | ||||
| /s/ Lawrence Maglione | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Lawrence Maglione | ||||
| /s/ Matthew Grover | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Matthew Grover | ||||
| /s/ Todd Correll | Director | February 12, 2021 | ||
| Todd Correll |
II-6
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 14, 2020 with respect to the audited financial statements of Data Storage Corporation for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Rosenberg Rich Baker Berman & Company, P.A.
www.rrbb.com
Somerset, New Jersey
February 12, 2021